The Global Elite and their New World Order Files

You are here:FEATURED STORIES > The Global Elite and their New World Order Files

Globalists, Governments and the lies they push

As The Elite Fences Itself In, Kissinger Announces Order Out Of Chaos - Monday, May 21, 2012

Jurriaan Maessen
Infowars.com
May 21, 2012

In a recent statement Henry Kissinger admitted that social upheaval and mass civil unrest are to be used as a means of merging the US into an “international system”.

“The United States has to be part of an international system that we create domestically”, he told The Harvard Crimson in the beginning of this month. When asked what the most important problems are facing American society today, Kissinger answered:

“Internationally, the problem is that there are upheavals going on in every part of the world, but these upheavals don’t follow the same basic causes, and so the United States has to be part of an international system that we create domestically.”

What the old man is saying here ties neatly into statements he made in the past concerning the concept of seizing crises and upheavals, the causes of which may differ from nation to nation, in order to bring about an international order- thereby following the elite’s golden rule that order is best brought about by chaos. Furthermore, he provides us with a glimpse of the underlying intent he and his fellow-bilderbergers have in mind, stating in so many words that civil unrest- be it economically, politically or socially motivated- must be seized upon in order to merge nations into the desired “international system.”

In a December 2008 Prisonplanet.com article it was reported that Kissinger, in an interview with the darling of Bilderberg Charlie Rose, “cited the chaos being wrought across the globe by the financial crisis and the spread of terrorism as an opportunity to bolster a new global order.”, Steve Watson wrote.

“I think that when the new administration assesses the position in which it finds itself it will see a huge crisis and terrible problems, but I can see that it could see a glimmer in which it could construct an international system out of it.”, Kissinger told Rose.

A New World Order | Obama - Kissinger | Charlie Rose

All this talk of crises and upheavals as just another country-specific means to a centralized global end could specifically point to a plan. While at the surface the elite might scurry to salvage the ailing euro as currency-cohesion crumbles, it may have developed a darker plan B that in case the euro may turn out to be beyond repair, the solution of a world currency will be provided. Seize the euro-crisis, in other words, to introduce a world currency. This follows the course of classic Hegelian dialectic, namely the problem (whether real or feigned) provokes the reaction which in turn allows the elite to provide the solution on a silver plate. It just now occurred to me that Kissinger’s words are ominously reminiscent of those written down by University of Chicago’s Alexander Wendt, who in 2003 in his treatise titled “Why a World State is Inevitable: teleology and the logic of anarchy” stated:

“Nationalist struggles for recognition are by no means over, and more new states- “more anarchy”- may yet be created. But while further fragmentation is in one sense a step back, it is also a precondition for moving forward, since it is only when difference is recognized that a larger identity can be stable. (…) Far from suppressing nationalism, a world state will only be possible if it embraces it.”

These words shed some sharp light on the words uttered by Kissinger and his fellow supranationalists, in essence revealing they are very much aware of the fact that the mere proposition of a world state will not make it so- may even backfire on them- and that now a detour should be pursued via nationalism and domestic unrest to get the job done- in other words not so much crushing protests for the sake of crushing them, but rather to use these upheavals for their own transnational designs.

At the same time, the elite members who gather at important meetings are fencing themselves in out of fear of chaos erupting outside. Just a few days ago, the European Central Bank issued a press-release stating that in order to protect their staff and visitors from protesters it has:

“implemented measures (…), taking into account the protection granted to the ECB’s premises and operations by the Headquarters Agreement between the ECB and the Federal Republic of Germany.”

This makes clear the banking elites of the world are worried their safety may well be impaired as a result of the protests planned against their meetings. The same caution will of course apply to the upcoming Bilderberg conference in Chantilly Virginia. We can expect local police and armed guards to protect the elite players inside, who in return scheme all of mankind into another crisis.

Bank of America’s War on the Second Amendment - Tuesday, April 24, 2012

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
April 24, 2012

Bankster giant Bank of America has joined the effort to take down the Second Amendment and deny Americans the right to own and use firearms.

Kelly McMillan, the CEO of McMillan Fiberglass Stocks, McMillan Group International, and McMillan Firearms Manufacturing, recently wrote on his Facebook page that Bank of America has refused to do business with his companies because they sell firearms. Bank of America admitted its decision was political. McMillan’s response was to immediately stop doing business with Bank of America.

Here is Mr. McMillan’s post:

McMillan Fiberglass Stocks, McMillan Firearms Manufacturing, McMillan Group International have been collectively banking with Bank of America for 12 years. Today Mr. Ray Fox, Senior Vice President, Market Manager, Business Banking, Global Commercial Banking came to my office. He scheduled the meeting as an “account analysis” meeting in order to evaluate the two lines of credit we have with them. He spent 5 minutes talking about how McMillan has changed in the last 5 years and have become more of a firearms manufacturer than a supplier of accessories.
At this point I interrupted him and asked “Can I possible save you some time so that you don’t waste your breath? What you are going to tell me is that because we are in the firearms manufacturing business you no longer what my business.” “That is correct” he says.
I replied “That is okay, we will move our accounts as soon as possible. We can find a 2nd Amendment friendly bank that will be glad to have our business. You won’t mind if I tell the NRA, SCI and everyone one I know that BofA is not firearms industry friendly?”
“You have to do what you must” he said.
“So you are telling me this is a politically motivated decision, is that right?”
Mr Fox confirmed that it was. At which point I told him that the meeting was over and there was nothing let for him to say.
I think it is import for all Americans who believe in and support our 2nd amendment right to keep and bear arms should know when a business does not support these rights. What you do with that knowledge is up to you. When I don’t agree with a business’ political position I can not in good conscience support them. We will soon no longer be accepting Bank of America credit cards as payment for our products.
Kelly D McMillan Director of Operations McMillan Group International, LLC 623-582-9635
www.mcmillanusa.com

It is nice to see a company taking a stand against the banksters on principle, especially when that principle is one of the cornerstones of the Constitution.

California Declares War On Family Homes to ‘Save the Planet’ - Tuesday, April 10, 2012

Detached houses virtually “illegal” under global warming laws

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Tuesday, April 10, 2012

The state of California has declared war on detached family homes, with laws passed to mitigate car use and carbon dioxide emissions now leading to policies that mandate up to 30 homes be built on a single acre of land, fulfilling the goal of climate change alarmists to pack people into densely populated prison cities.

“Metropolitan area governments are adopting plans that would require most new housing to be built at 20 or more to the acre, which is at least five times the traditional quarter acre per house. State and regional planners also seek to radically restructure urban areas, forcing much of the new hyperdensity development into narrowly confined corridors,” reports the Wall Street Journal.

In some areas of Los Angeles County and five other Southern California counties, 30 housing units per acre are being mandated, all under the auspices of laws passed in the name of cutting car use and limiting CO2 emissions, including the 2006 Global Warming Solutions Act and the 2008 Sustainable Communities and Climate Protection Act.

The rules on restricted development are driving up house prices and driving down standards of living. Even if you believe the justification of lowering greenhouse gases, the regulations won’t even achieve that, with greater traffic congestion merely confined to overpopulated cities as additional houses continue to use cars.

Transportation consultant Wendell Cox told the WSJ that the whole process represented an effort to make the construction of detached houses “illegal”.

This is all part of the United Nations’ Agenda 21 project which demands that member nations adopt “sustainable development” policies that are little more than a disguise for the reintroduction of neo-feudalism and only serve to reduce living standards and quality of life.

The true motivation behind this agenda was recently unveiled at the ‘Planet Under Pressure’ conference in London, during which climate change alarmists presented their blueprint for humans to be packed into denser cities (eco-gulags?) so that the rest of the planet can be surrendered to mother nature. It’s a similar idea to the nightmare ‘Planned-Opolis’ proposal put out by the Forum for the Future organization last year, in which human activity will be tightly regulated by a dictatorial technocracy in the name of saving the planet, with cars for personal use banned and only accessible to members of the elite.

The mindset of this gaggle of arrogant, scoffing elitists in their drive to micro-manage the human race, which they regard as a plague on the earth, was best encapsulated by the following quote from ‘Planet Under Pressure’ attendee and Yale University professor Karen Seto.

“We certainly don’t want them (humans) strolling about the entire countryside. We want them to save land for nature by living closely [together],” Seto told MSNBC.

Also making an appearance at the conference was none other than Professor Kari Norgaard, who published a paper calling for global warming skeptics to be “treated” for having a mental disorder, likening them to racists.

Despite academic establishments Norgaard is involved with hastily rushing to delete and alter information concerning her paper and biography, a letter Norgaard wrote to President Obama soon emerged in which she urged Obama to suspend democracy and push through dictatorial climate change mandates by executive fiat.

That process is already well underway in California.

CISPA: Congress Takes Another Run at the Internet - Tuesday, April 10, 2012

Daisy Luther
Infowars.com
April 10, 2012

Once upon a time there was a bill called SOPA. Some evil trolls who worked and conducted meetings in a big domed building in Washington DC tried to make a wicked law to allow them to close people’s internet-based businesses and websites whenever they wanted, for the silliest of reasons, much to the delight of the head ogre who lived in a big White House. The people of the land all stood up angrily and complained to fight against the law, and through their efforts, defeated the trolls and the head ogre. The laws of the internet remained fair, the trolls were duly chastened, the ogre pretended benevolence and the people lived happily ever after, internet freedoms intact…..

Well…..until the dragon CISPA reared it’s ugly head.

As we predicted here, the government has been busily creating a law to “protect” us from cyber-attacks like the one recently threatened by Anonymous.

The stated purpose of CISPA is “To provide for the sharing of certain cyber threat intelligence and cyber threat information between the intelligence community and cybersecurity entities, and for other purposes.”

(Personally, my favorite line in that statement is “and for other purposes.” It sets the ambiguous tone for the rest of the bill.)

The outrages that are blatantly laid out in CISPA (The Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act) are bad enough, but the vagueness of the language takes the intrusion to a level previously unheard of in a country born of the blood of Patriots and allegedly protected by the Constitution.

CISPA allows “cyber entities” (internet service providers, social networks and cell phone companies, to name a few examples) to circumvent internet privacy laws. In an interview with Russia Today, Kendall Burman of the Center for Democracy and Technology stated that, “the bill, as written, allows the US government to involve itself into any online correspondence… if it believes there is reason to suspect cyber crime.

As with other authoritarian attempts at censorship that have come through Congress in recent times, of course, the wording within the CISPA allows for the government to interpret the law in such a number of degrees that any online communication or interaction could be suspect and thus unknowingly monitored.”

The Electronic Frontier Foundation, a digital rights advocacy group, states, “It effectively creates a ‘cybersecurity’’ exemption to all existing laws…There are almost no restrictions on what can be collected and how it can be used, provided a company can claim it was motivated by ‘cybersecurity purposes.”

In the spirit of making things clear, the bill contains several definitions that only add to the general air of vagueness.

CYBER THREAT INTELLIGENCE ~ “information pertaining to protecting a system or network from—(A) efforts to degrade, disrupt, or destroy such system or network; or (B) theft or misappropriation of private or government information, intellectual property, or personally identifiable information.”

SELF-PROTECTED ENTITY ~ “an entity, other than an individual, that provides goods or services for cyber security purposes to itself.”

PROTECTED ENTITY ~ “‘protected entity’ means an entity, other than an individual, that contracts with a cybersecurity provider for goods or services to be used for cybersecurity purposes.”

“Cybersecurity” is not defined in the document.

So it’s clear, CISPA will allow for the surveillance and interception of your personal correspondence by the government, email providers, cell phone providers, internet service providers and social networks, to name just a few of the allowable snoopers.

Despite the fact that the bill specifically states that entities cannot use the powers granted “to gain an unfair competitive advantage” one must wonder how a profit can be made via CISPA, especially after the corporate outcry against SOPA, which would have greatly restricted the activities of computer and communications companies. Companies like Facebook, AT&T and Verizon have jumped on the CISPA bandwagon with both feet.

In a letter to Congress, Facebook VP Joel Kaplan wrote, “Your thoughtful bipartisan approach will enhance the ability of companies like Facebook to address cyberthreats…..Your legislation removes burdensome rules that can currently inhibit protection of the cyber-ecosystem.”

Fred Humphries, a Microsoft VP commended Congress in a statement. “The legislation would seek to eliminate barriers and disincentives that currently prevent effective information-sharing to guard against cyber-attacks.”

The United States Chamber of Commerce VP Bruce Josten stated the group’s support of CISPA as “an important step in assisting the nation’s public and private sectors to prevent, deter, and mitigate the array of cyber threats from illicit actors without imposing burdensome regulations on industry.”

The following companies have all written letters of support for CISPA (you can read the letters by clicking on the name of each company).

AT&T

Boeing

BSA

Business Roundtable

CSC

COMPTEL

CTIA – The Wireless Association

Cyber, Space & Intelligence Association

The Financial Services Roundtable

IBM

Independent Telephone & Telecommunications Alliance

Information Technology Industry Council

Intel

Internet Security Alliance

Lockheed Martin

Microsoft

National Cable & Telecommunications Association

US Chamber of Commerce

US Telecom – The Broadband Association

Verizon

We managed to keep SOPA off the desk of Barack Obama (who we can reliably predict will sign CISPA into law with the glee of a tyrannical zealot.) Let’s keep the momentum going by stepping up to the plate as activists again.

You can find email and mailing addresses for the companies above on their letterhead when you read their glowing commendations for CISPA. Write to them and let them know that your dollars will not be spent with them, either now or in the future, unless they publicly withdraw their support for this bill.

You can find the email addresses of your members of Congress HERE.

Sources:

Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act of 2011

US House of Representatives Information on CISPA

New CISPA Cybersecurity Bill Will Censor the Web

Global Government and Climate Change MADNESS - The New Cult - Monday, April 09, 2012

Genocide-Endorsing Climate Alarmist Calls For Global Tax on Carbon Emissions

Paul Joseph Watson | NASA’s James Hansen previously advocated environmental terrorism.

MIT Predicts Half of Humanity to Be Culled in Post-Industrial Crash

Aaron Dykes | Only global government can save humanity, researchers claim while echoing MIT/Club of Rome model for collapse by 2030.

Treehuggers and Eco-Fascists Join Hands: Global Government Or The World Will End

Jurriaan Maessen | World government is being announced quite openly.

UK To Impose ‘Green Taxes’ On Home Improvements

London Telegraph | Millions of home owners will be forced to pay hundreds of pounds more to build conservatories or replace broken boilers because of “green taxes” to be introduced from October.

Authoritarianism is the Real Mental Illness

Lone Star Watchdog | We are not the crazy ones, we are normal.

“Welcome to The Anthropocene”: Group of Scientists Advocate Global Government - Wednesday, April 04, 2012

Jurriaan Maessen
Infowars.com
April 4, 2012

“This is the story of how one species changed a planet..”- so begins this new promo put out by a team of UN-sponsored scientists. The website associated with the “short film” states it has been set up by “researchers and communicators from some of the leading scientific research institutions on global sustainability.”

The film itself follows the same old tiresome script we’ve heard so often from the mouths of neo-eugenic propagandists: too many people, shrinking icecaps, rising sea levels and the rest. The solution to all this doom and gloom? Global government of course.

The “leading scientific institutions” the website mentions are visible at the credits-page, namely: the Stockholm Environment Institute, the Geosphere-Biosphere Programme, Stockholm University and other organisations promoting global governance.

The chief scientists involved with the “Planet under Pressure” confab- one of whom stated earlier that questioning “climate change” equals serious mental illness- are featuring the short film prominently on their website now calling for global government to stem the tide of “human-induced climate change”.

As part of the State of the Planet Declaration issued by the UN-backed organization, a collection of high-level scientists pushes the idea of global governance, calling it “Earth System Governance”. The declaration reads:

“Governments must take action to support institutions and mechanisms that will improve coherence, as well as bring about integrated policy and action across the social, economic and environmental pillars. Current understanding supports the creation of a Sustainable Development Council within the UN system to integrate social, economic and environmental policy at the global level. There is also strong support for strengthening global governance by including civil society, business and industry in decision-making at all levels.”

At all levels. Listed among the measures required to “strengthen” global governance is: “continued exploration of new areas of knowledge, such as theoretical and applied research in behavioural science (…)”.

In a separate policy brief put out by the confab titled Transforming Governance and Institutions for a Planet under Pressure the initiators again openly promote the emergence of global government when they write under the header “Prepare Global Governance for a Warmer World”:

“At the global level, the institutional framework seems ill prepared to cope with the consequences of massive global change that will affect such major systems as food, water, energy, health and migration, and their interactions. While massive changes, for example in sea level, may not be imminent, future dangers can be minimized if institutional reform is planned and negotiated today. Global adaptation programmes thus need to become a core concern of the UN system and governments.”

The Planet under Pressure turned out to be a true feast of global government-proposals. One of sessions at the conference mentions no less than four sessions devoted to the idea of using ecological calamities, feigned or not, to accelerate the emergence of global government.

Risk governance of slow-developing, catastrophic risks

Mrs. M-V. Florin1; 1International Risk Governance Council, Switzerland

Organizing Science to Address Transboundary and Global Environmental Threats

Prof. P. Haas1; 1University of Massachusetts Amherst, USA

Exploring the global context of science-policy integration for effective management of environmental risks

Dr. L. van Kerkhoff1; Prof. H. Berry2; 1The Australian National University, Australia 2University of Canberra, Australia

Geoengineering, Governance and Social-Ecological Systems – Some Critical Reflections

Dr. V. Galaz1; 1Stockholm Resilience Centre, Sweden

Catalysing improved global governance for sustainability and sustainable development: some lessons from experience and principles for improved science policy engagement

Prof. S. Hatfield-Dodds1 , 2; Dr. P. Olsson3; Dr. M. Janssen4; 1CSIRO, Australia 2Australian National Unveristy (ANU), Australia 3Stockholm Resilience Centre, Sweden 4Arizona State Univeristy (ASU), USA

Don’t forget, this is just a sample. One sometimes grows weary of all these calls for world government. One grows even wearier of the reason submitted for it: global climate change. It has of course been exhaustively documented that if there’s one thing constant about the climate, is that it changes constantly. Furthermore, the idea of world government is much older than any global warming-craze the elite have come up with. As the Club of Rome, a pioneer-organization of the entire eco-fascist global takeover, stated in their “First Global Revolution”:

“In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill.”

Earth Hour Hijacks You Tube to Brainwash Public - Sunday, April 01, 2012

Infowars.com
April 1, 2012

Earth hour is a authoritarian HOAX!

Earth Hour Loves Murder! Earth Hour Is A Scam!

Obama's governmentism - Wednesday, March 28, 2012

Senator: Supreme Court would allow ‘an all powerful government’ by upholding Obamacare

Daily Caller | The U.S. Supreme Court is hearing arguments this week about Obama’s health care law, which has been challenged by twenty-six states.

Barack Obama: I Have A “Moral Obligation” To Neuter America

The American Dream | Barack Obama actually plans to do it.

Here are 7 more things the Obama administration may soon require everyone to purchase

Mike Adams | The U.S. Supreme Court is hearing arguments this week about Obama’s health care law, which has been challenged by twenty-six states.

Government & Corporate Leaders & Global Elite Egotistical Psychopaths - Saturday, March 17, 2012

FEMA Corps To Be Brownshirts For Homeland Security Emergency Response? Homeland Security has announced the creation of a new FEMA corps to tap volunteers for disaster/emergency responses.

Americans Embrace “Smart” Gadgets Used to Spy on Them
CIA director David Petraeus has said that the rise of new “smart” gadgets means that Americans are effectively bugging their own homes.

Proposed UN Environmental Constitution For The World Would Establish An Incredibly Repressive System Of Global Governance

Most people have no idea that the United Nations has been drafting an environmental constitution for the world that is intended to supersede all existing national laws.

DHS Terror Document Lists Yawning, Goose Bumps As Suspicious Behavior

Bodily functions are now potential indicators of terrorism.

UN Environmental Constitution Aims to Establish Repressive Global Governance

Most people have no idea that the United Nations has been drafting an environmental constitution for the world.

State department seeking to turn social media users into global government spies

A top State Department official has proposed using social media as a way to keep track of the world’s most destructive devices.

Homeland Security plans to build a high-risk virus research center in the heart of America

New high-risk bio-weapons research facility to be constructed on the campus of Kansas State University in Manhattan.

All facts prove US War Crimes, there is no refutation, so where are the arrests?

Carl Herman | War law and Constitutional Rights are central to competence in government, citizenry, and military.

Democide: Government Killed Over 260 Million in the 20th Century, Poised to Kill Billions More in the 21st

There is a grand conspiracy afoot. Ignore it to your detriment.

Paying cash for coffee? You are a terrorist!

A recently leaked FBI memo states that anyone paying cash for a cup of coffee could be a terrorist attempting to remain undetected.

Goodbye, First Amendment: ‘Trespass Bill’ will make protest illegal - Wednesday, February 29, 2012

RT
February 29, 2012

Just when you thought the government couldn’t ruin the First Amendment any further: The House of Representatives approved a bill on Monday that outlaws protests in instances where some government officials are nearby, whether or not you even know it.

The US House of Representatives voted 388-to-3 in favor of H.R. 347 late Monday, a bill which is being dubbed the Federal Restricted Buildings and Grounds Improvement Act of 2011. In the bill, Congress officially makes it illegal to trespass on the grounds of the White House, which, on the surface, seems not just harmless and necessary, but somewhat shocking that such a rule isn’t already on the books. The wording in the bill, however, extends to allow the government to go after much more than tourists that transverse the wrought iron White House fence.

Under the act, the government is also given the power to bring charges against Americans engaged in political protest anywhere in the country.

Under current law, White House trespassers are prosecuted under a local ordinance, a Washington, DC legislation that can bring misdemeanor charges for anyone trying to get close to the president without authorization. Under H.R. 347, a federal law will formally be applied to such instances, but will also allow the government to bring charges to protesters, demonstrators and activists at political events and other outings across America.

The new legislation allows prosecutors to charge anyone who enters a building without permission or with the intent to disrupt a government function with a federal offense if Secret Service is on the scene, but the law stretches to include not just the president’s palatial Pennsylvania Avenue home. Under the law, any building or grounds where the president is visiting — even temporarily — is covered, as is any building or grounds “restricted in conjunction with an event designated as a special event of national significance.”

It’s not just the president who would be spared from protesters, either.

Covered under the bill is any person protected by the Secret Service. Although such protection isn’t extended to just everybody, making it a federal offense to even accidently disrupt an event attended by a person with such status essentially crushes whatever currently remains of the right to assemble and peacefully protest.

Hours after the act passed, presidential candidate Rick Santorum was granted Secret Service protection. For the American protester, this indeed means that glitter-bombing the former Pennsylvania senator is officially a very big no-no, but it doesn’t stop with just him. Santorum’s coverage under the Secret Service began on Tuesday, but fellow GOP hopeful Mitt Romney has already been receiving such security. A campaign aide who asked not to be identified confirmed last week to CBS News that former House Speaker Newt Gingrich has sought Secret Service protection as well. Even former contender Herman Cain received the armed protection treatment when he was still in the running for the Republican Party nod.

In the text of the act, the law is allowed to be used against anyone who knowingly enters or remains in a restricted building or grounds without lawful authority to do so, but those grounds are considered any area where someone — rather it’s President Obama, Senator Santorum or Governor Romney — will be temporarily visiting, whether or not the public is even made aware. Entering such a facility is thus outlawed, as is disrupting the orderly conduct of “official functions,” engaging in disorderly conduct “within such proximity to” the event or acting violent to anyone, anywhere near the premises. Under that verbiage, that means a peaceful protest outside a candidate’s concession speech would be a federal offense, but those occurrences covered as special event of national significance don’t just stop there, either. And neither does the list of covered persons that receive protection.

Outside of the current presidential race, the Secret Service is responsible for guarding an array of politicians, even those from outside America. George W Bush is granted protection until ten years after his administration ended, or 2019, and every living president before him is eligible for life-time, federally funded coverage. Visiting heads of state are extended an offer too, and the events sanctioned as those of national significance — a decision that is left up to the US Department of Homeland Security — extends to more than the obvious. While presidential inaugurations and meeting of foreign dignitaries are awarded the title, nearly three dozen events in all have been considered a National Special Security Event (NSSE) since the term was created under President Clinton. Among past events on the DHS-sanctioned NSSE list are Super Bowl XXXVI, the funerals of Ronald Reagan and Gerald Ford, most State of the Union addresses and the 2008 Democratic and Republican National Conventions.

With Secret Service protection awarded to visiting dignitaries, this also means, for instance, that the federal government could consider a demonstration against any foreign president on American soil as a violation of federal law, as long as it could be considered disruptive to whatever function is occurring.

When thousands of protesters are expected to descend on Chicago this spring for the 2012 G8 and NATO summits, they will also be approaching the grounds of a National Special Security Event. That means disruptive activity, to whichever court has to consider it, will be a federal offense under the act.

And don’t forget if you intend on fighting such charges, you might not be able to rely on evidence of your own. In the state of Illinois, videotaping the police, under current law, brings criminals charges. Don’t fret. It’s not like the country will really try to enforce it — right?

On the bright side, does this mean that the law could apply to law enforcement officers reprimanded for using excessive force on protesters at political events? Probably. Of course, some fear that the act is being created just to keep those demonstrations from ever occuring, and given the vague language on par with the loose definition of a “terrorist” under the NDAA, if passed this act is expected to do a lot more harm to the First Amendment than good.

United States Representative Justin Amash (MI-03) was one of only three lawmakers to vote against the act when it appeared in the House late Monday. Explaining his take on the act through his official Facebook account on Tuesday, Rep. Amash writes, “The bill expands current law to make it a crime to enter or remain in an area where an official is visiting even if the person does not know it’s illegal to be in that area and has no reason to suspect it’s illegal.”

“Some government officials may need extraordinary protection to ensure their safety. But criminalizing legitimate First Amendment activity — even if that activity is annoying to those government officials — violates our rights,” adds the representative.

Now that the act has overwhelmingly made it through the House, the next set of hands to sift through its pages could very well be President Barack Obama; the US Senate had already passed the bill back on February 6. Less than two months ago, the president approved the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2012, essentially suspending habeas corpus from American citizens. Could the next order out of the Executive Branch be revoking some of the Bill of Rights? Only if you consider the part about being able to assemble a staple of the First Amendment, really. Don’t worry, though. Obama was, after all, a constitutional law professor. When he signed the NDAA on December 31, he accompanied his signature with a signing statement that let Americans know that, just because he authorized the indefinite detention of Americans didn’t mean he thought it was right.

Should President Obama suspend the right to assemble, Americans might expect another apology to accompany it in which the commander-in-chief condemns the very act he authorizes. If you disagree with such a decision, however, don’t take it to the White House. Sixteen-hundred Pennsylvania Avenue and the vicinity is, of course, covered under this act.

NRA official: Obama wants to outlaw guns in 2nd term - Friday, February 10, 2012

Sean Lengell
Washington Times
Friday, February 10, 2012

A top official with the National Rifle Association said Friday that President Obama will move to “destroy” gun rights and “erase” the Second Amendment if he is re-elected in November.

While delivering one of the liveliest and best-received speeches at the Conservative Political Action Conference in Washington, NRA Executive Vice President Wayne LaPierre said the president’s low-key approach to gun rights during his first term was “a “conspiracy to ensure re-election by lulling gun owners to sleep.”

“All that first term, lip service to gun owners is just part of a massive Obama conspiracy to deceive voters and hide his true intentions to destroy the Second Amendment during his second term,” he said.

“We see the president’s strategy crystal clear: Get re-elected and, with no more elections to worry about, get busy dismantling and destroying our firearms’ freedom, erase the Second Amendment from the Bill of Rights and excise it from the U.S. Constitution.”

Full story here.

Group Forces Congressional Hearing On Big Sis’ Twitter, Drudge Spying - Thursday, February 09, 2012

Homeland Security is monitoring the web for anti-government sentiment and signs of social unrest

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
February 9, 2012

A privacy advocacy group has swayed Congress to hold a hearing next week into the Department of Homeland Security’s practice of monitoring social networks such as Twitter and Facebook, as well as media reports and organizations, including The Drudge Report.

The Electronic Privacy Information Center (EPIC) recently obtained close to 300 pages of documents, as a result of a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit, detailing the federal agency’s “intelligence gathering” practices on the web.

Among the documents were guidelines from DHS instructing outside contractors to monitor the web for media reports and comments that “reflect adversely” on the agency or the federal government.

As Reuters reported last month, in early 2010 contractors were asked to spend 24 hours monitoring news media coverage on popular websites, including Facebook, Twitter, Hulu, WikiLeaks, as well as news sites including the Huffington Post and The Drudge Report.

The contractors were required to provide the DHS with feedback on any potential “threats and hazards”, as well as “any media reports that reflect adversely on the U.S. Government and the Department of Homeland Security (D.H.S.) ability to prevent, protect and respond, to recovery efforts or activities related to any crisis or events which impact National Planning Scenarios.”

The documents also state that the program should highlight “both positive and negative reports on FEMA, C.I.A., C.B.P., ICE, etc., as well as organizations outside of D.H.S.”

The documents obtained by EPIC indicate that following the exercise, a procurement official awarded an $11.3 million contract to General Dynamics Advanced Information Systems in order to carry out the monitoring on a “24/7/365 basis”.

EPIC director Ginger McCall notes that monitoring what people are saying about government policies goes too far and has a chilling effect on free speech.

“The Department of Homeland Security’s monitoring of political dissent has no legal basis and is contrary to core First Amendment principles,” she said.

“The language in the documents makes it quite clear that they are looking for media reports that are critical of the agency and the U.S. government more broadly,” said McCall. “This is entirely outside of the bounds of the agency’s statutory duties.”

DHS officials have admitted that monitoring of social networks for negative opinion was undertaken by the agency, but claim that the operation was a one off test and was quickly dropped as it did not meet “operational requirements or privacy standards,” which “expressly prohibit reporting on individuals’ First Amendment activities.”

EPIC argues otherwise and has presented evidence that suggests the practice is being held up by the DHS an an example that should be emulated.

“They are completely out of bounds here,” McCall said. “The idea that the government is constantly peering over your shoulder and listening to what you are saying creates a very chilling effect to legitimate dissent.

The Congressional hearing, DHS Monitoring of Social Networking and Media: Enhancing Intelligence Gathering and Ensuring Privacy, will be held Thursday February 16th.

However, it is already apparent where the House subcommittee for intelligence and counter-terrorism stands on the matter. As reported by Reuters, the top two members of the subcommittee, Rep. Patrick Meehan (R-PA) and Rep. Jackie Speier (D-CA), wrote to DHS Intelligence Chief Caryn Wagner last month, pressing her to more carefully monitor users’ posts on sites such as Facebook and Twitter, in order to help detect “current or emerging threats.”

As we have also previously reported, The DHS has openly announced that it is actively monitoring social media for signs of “social unrest”, in a bid to pre-empt any sign of social dislocation within the United States.

DHS To Launch Insurgent-Tracking Drones Inside America - Thursday, February 09, 2012

Technology used to hunt enemy combatants in Afghanistan will be used for “non-emergency incidents” within the U.S.

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Thursday, February 9, 2012

The Department of Homeland Security plans to spend up to $50 million dollars on a spy system that has been used to hunt insurgents in Iraq and Afghanistan for the purposes of “emergency and non-emergency incidents” within the United States.

The DHS is seeking four contractors to provide “aerial remote sensing” services, using LIDAR (Light Detection And Ranging) technology fitted to drones or manned aircraft that will provide surveillance capability for “homeland security missions,” as well as “management of emergency incidents by Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) regional offices, joint field offices and by state and local government.”

“DHS believes these airborne images are essential for homeland defense missions, such as planning for National Special Security Events (Super Bowls or a national political conventions come to mind); enhancing border, port and airport security; as well as performing critical infrastructure inventories and assessments,” reports Government Security News, adding that the technology will be used for “emergency and non-emergency incidents nationwide.”

The DHS expects successful contractors to “ensure imagery can be acquired, processed and delivered in 48 hours or less and the ability to support simultaneous missions in multiple geographic locations.”

LIDAR spy technology, which uses ultraviolet, visible, or near infrared light to track objects or people from the sky, has been used in Iraq and Afghanistan to track insurgents. The US military has praised the technology for its proficiency in providing “battlefield surveillance” and being able to easily locate enemy combatants due to it being “especially useful at seeing through foliage.” LIDAR can be deployed using both manned and unmanned aircraft.

The U.S. Air Force “has already deployed an unknown number of LIDAR aircraft to map all of Afghanistan,” reports MSNBC, with the 3-D laser mapping technology also being adapted to work aboard U.S. Special Forces helicopters such as the Blackhawk or Chinook to help hunt insurgents.

According to Raytheon, one of the companies that develops LIDAR, the technology is adept at tracking “people in crowded environments for safety and security,” because unlike traditional surveillance methods, LIDAR is honed to measure characteristics of individuals and keep them tracked within a “grid cell” so they cannot evade detection.

Under the terms of the recently passed National Defense Authorization Act, the whole of America has been defined as a battlefield, with the government reserving the power to have “belligerents,” including American citizens, arrested and detained indefinitely without trial.

US law enforcement bodies are already using drone technology to spy on Americans. In December, a Predator B drone was called in to conduct surveillance over a family farm in North Dakota as part of a SWAT raid on the Brossart family, who were suspects in the egregious crime of stealing six missing cows. Local police in this one area have already used the drone on two dozen occasions since June last year.

Last summer, the Department of Homeland Security gave the green light for police departments in the United States to deploy the ShadowHawk mini drone drone helicopter that has the ability to taze suspects from above as well as carrying 12-gauge shotguns and grenade launchers. The drone, also used against insurgents in Afghanistan and Iraq, is already being used by the Montgomery County Sheriff’s office in Texas.

The DHS has also provided drone surveillance for foreign countries, aiding Jamaican authorities in a botched drug raid that led to the massacre of 73 civilians last year.

A bill passed in by Congress this week paves the way for the use of surveillance drones in US skies on a widespread basis. The FAA predicts that by 2020 there could be up to 30,000 drones in operation nationwide.

Water Industry and World Bank Partner on Scheme to Drive Public Water into Private Hands - Friday, February 03, 2012

Corporate Accountability International
Press Release
February 2, 2012

DAVOS-KLOSTERS, SWITZERLAND – The water industry will privately review its newest strategy for driving public water resources into private hands at the World Economic Forum. A partnership quietly launched in October with funding from the World Bank, Coca-Cola and Veolia will report on progress towards its stated mission to “transform the water sector” by establishing “new normative approaches to water governance” that put the private sector in the driver’s seat in water management.

Calling itself the Water Resources Group (WRG) and headed by Nestlé Chairman Peter Brabeck-Letmathei, the corporation has already targeted the countries of Mexico, Jordan, India and South Africa to “shape and test governance processes” that would make water privatization more feasible and profitable. The fact that the Group has not invited publicity, and the Bank was unwilling to comment upon its launch, underscores how controversial its founders know the endeavor to be.

“The cognitive dissonance could not be clearer,” said Corporate Accountability International Executive Director Kelle Louaillier. “Amid a global water crisis, exacerbated by one failed privatization scheme after another, a development institution is aggressively advancing narrow industry interests to the detriment of poverty alleviation.”

Corporate Accountability International and its allies see the WRG as an outgrowth of longstanding Bank ideology and financing practices. For close to three decades the Bank’s corporate investment arm, the International Finance Corporation (IFC), where the Group is now housed, has sponsored the global drive to privatize water resources, attracting billions of dollars in additional financing from private banks.

This despite the fact that the World Bank reports 34 percent of such IFC-sanctioned water contracts are in distress or terminated before maturity – by far the highest rate of failure of any of the infrastructure sectors the Bank lends to. What’s more, in April the IFC’s Compliance Advisor Ombudsman reported that 40 percent of all complaints received across all IFC-financed sectors were water-related.

Still the Bank continues to act as a primary agent of water privatization. The Bank has demonstrated a long-term ideological commitment to promoting corporate control of public services and assets in the categorical belief that such privatization will lead to greater efficiency. In addition, the Bank has a more direct interest in expanding the private water market. As an equity investor in transnational water corporations, the Bank’s own profits are tied to the financial success of its private sector clients — who anticipate windfall profits from controlling water services and products. The Bank’s own financial investments in the world’s leading water privateers create a fundamental conflict of interest, giving corporate interests undue primacy in Bank decisions, and giving a self-serving aspect to its work with governments, where the same institution continues to charge hefty fees for advising and arranging deals that benefit its own portfolio of corporations.

Critics like independent urban water expert Vinay Baindur describe this new alignment between the World Bank, the government and the private sector as “a tripartite partnership to expand the stake for profits.”

For targeted nations and others to receive support from the WRG, projects must “provide for at least one partner from the private sector as part of its operations.” Such conditionalities have long been attached to Bank loans, dictating to countries an approach to water management often at odds with a basic democratic interest in guaranteeing water as a human right to all its citizens.

Corporate Accountability International identified this development shone a public spotlight on the very secretive initiative. The organization runs a campaign challenging corporate control of water, and is calling on the IFC to divest from water, including ceasing support of endeavors like the WRG.

This press release was put together by Corporate Accountability International.
Contact: Christine Chester, 617-695-2525 or Shayda Naficy, 617-695-2525 for more information.

Other water claimers

Text documents from the global water stealers

Bush Mnokey Water Conspiracy

"Order of Saint Lazarus", owing the vast worlds water"

They call it “Blue Gold.” Water is the new oil.

New York Times and Other Media Pushing for Drugging Water Supply

Where is the Water that these Global elite want for themselves

How your Canadian Government's are dumbed down and it is in the Water

Bottled Water Beware.....

CDC and EPA caught withholding truth about toxic drinking water

19 Crazy Things That School Children Are Being Arrested For In America - Wednesday, February 01, 2012

The American Dream
Wednesday, February 1, 2012

With each passing year, the difference between America’s prisons and America’s public schools becomes smaller and smaller. As you read the rest of this article, you will be absolutely amazed at some of the crazy things that school children in America are being arrested for. When I was growing up, I don’t remember a single police officer ever coming to my school. Discipline was always handled by the teachers and by the principals.

But today, there are schools all over the country that have police officers permanently stationed in the halls. Many other schools will call out police officers at the drop of a hat. In the classrooms of America today, if you burp in class, if you spray yourself with perfume or if you doodle on your desk, there is a chance that you will be arrested by the police and hauled out of your school in handcuffs. Unfortunately, we live in a country where paranoia has become standard operating procedure. The American people have become convinced that the only way that we can all be “safe” is for this country to be run like a militarized totalitarian police state. So our public schools are run like prisons and our public school students are treated like prisoners. The United States has the highest incarceration rate in the world by far, and our schools are preparing the next generation to either “do time” in the prison system or to live as good little slaves in the Big Brother prison grid that is being constructed all around us. But what our schools are not doing is giving these children the critical thinking skills that they need to live as free citizens in a nation that used to be “the land of the free and the home of the brave”.

Of course very few people would deny that the character of American schoolchildren has changed dramatically over the decades. Back in the 1950s, some of the biggest school discipline problems were gum chewing and hair pulling. Today, kids bring knives, guns and drugs with them to school. Gang activity is rampant in many of our schools and in some schools kids are evenhaving sex in the school bathrooms.

So there is definitely a discipline problem in our schools.

But what is going on in many areas of the country is absolutely ridiculous. For example, in 2010 alone police down in Texas issued an astounding 300,000tickets to school children.

Yes, if a kid pulls a knife on someone the police should get involved, but teachers and administrators should be able to use some common sense and handle the vast majority of discipline problems that happen themselves.

What you are about to read is absolutely going to amaze you. The following are 19 really crazy things that school children are being arrested for in America….

#1 At one public school down in Texas, a 12-year-old girl named Sarah Bustamantes was recently arrested for spraying herself with perfume.

#2 A 13-year-old student at a school in Albuquerque, New Mexico was recently arrested by police for burping in class.

#3 Another student down in Albuquerque was forced to strip down to his underwear while five adults watched because he had $200 in his pocket. The student was never formally charged with doing anything wrong.

#4 A security guard at one school in California broke the arm of a 16-year-old girl because she left some crumbs on the floor after cleaning up some cake that she had spilled.

#5 One teenage couple down in Houston poured milk on each other during a squabble while they were breaking up. Instead of being sent to see the principal,they were arrested and sent to court.

#6 In early 2010, a 12-year-old girl at a school in Forest Hills, New York was arrested by police and marched out of her school in handcuffs just because she doodled on her desk. “I love my friends Abby and Faith” was what she reportedly scribbled on her desk.

#7 A 6-year-old girl down in Florida was handcuffed and sent to a mental facility after throwing temper tantrums at her elementary school.

#8 One student down in Texas was reportedly arrested by police for throwing paper airplanes in class.

#9 A 17-year-old honor student in North Carolina named Ashley Smithwick accidentally took her father’s lunch with her to school. It contained a small paring knife which he would use to slice up apples. So what happened to this standout student when the school discovered this? The school suspended her for the rest of the year and the police charged her with a misdemeanor.

#10 In Allentown, Pennsylvania a 14-year-old girl was tasered in the groin area by a school security officer even though she had put up her hands in the air to surrender.

#11 Down in Florida, an 11-year-old student was arrested, thrown in jail and charged with a third-degree felony for bringing a plastic butter knife to school.

#12 Back in 2009, an 8-year-old boy in Massachusetts was sent home from school and was forced to undergo a psychological evaluation because he drew a picture of Jesus on the cross.

#13 A police officer in San Mateo, California blasted a 7-year-old special education student in the face with pepper spray because he would not quit climbing on the furniture.

#14 In America today, even 5-year-old children are treated brutally by police. The following is from a recent article that described what happened to one very young student in Stockton, California a while back….

Earlier this year, a Stockton student was handcuffed with zip ties on his hands and feet, forced to go to the hospital for a psychiatric evaluation and was charged with battery on a police officer. That student was 5 years old.

#15 At one school in Connecticut, a 17-year-old boy was thrown to the floor andtasered five times because he was yelling at a cafeteria worker.

#16 A teenager in suburban Dallas was forced to take on a part-time jobafter being ticketed for using foul language in one high school classroom. The original ticket was for $340, but additional fees have raised the total bill to $637.

#17 A few months ago, police were called out when a little girl kissed a little boy during a physical education class at an elementary school down in Florida.

#18 A 6-year-old boy was recently charged with sexual battery for some “inappropriate touching” during a game of tag at one elementary school in the San Francisco area.

#19 In Massachusetts, police were recently sent out to collect an overdue library book from a 5-year-old girl.

Unfortunately, what is going on in our schools is a reflection of the broader society as a whole. Our schools are being turned into prisons because our entire society is being turned into a giant prison.

Our nation is rapidly heading down the toilet, and the children of this nation do not have a bright future to look forward to.

If the police really want to find some criminals, they should start investigating some of the sickos that are in charge of some of these classrooms.

It seems like almost every day now there is a news story about some public school teacher that is involved in some kind of really perverted stuff.

For example, just check out what police down in Los Angeles recently found that one teacher was hiding….

A former Los Angeles elementary school teacher has been arrested for felony molestation of nearly two dozen students, accused of gagging children and putting live cockroaches on some of their faces. Deputies say the crimes were committed on campus.

Sickos who do that kind of stuff to kids should be punished very severely.

America’s schools are changing, and not for the better.

Personally, I went to public schools all my life, but I would not recommend that anyone send their kids to public schools today. There is just way too much crazy stuff that goes on.

And our kids are learning less than ever in these public schools. As I have written about previously, many of them are coming out of the system as dumb as a rock. Instead of teaching our kids how to think critically and examine all sides of an issue, these schools are indoctrinating our kids and pushing particular social and political agendas on them.

There are a few public schools out there that are still good, but the vast majority of them are horrible. They are not producing the leaders of tomorrow and they are not preparing the next generation with the tools that they need to survive in a complex world.

So is there much hope that our schools can be turned around? Feel free to leave a comment with your opinion below….

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

How Public Schools Keep Your Child a Prisoner of the State - Tuesday, January 31, 2012

Karen De Coster
LewRockwell.com
January 31, 2012

Public education, in its current state, is based on the idea that government is the “parent” best equipped to provide children with the values and wisdom required to grow into intelligent, functional adults. To echo what former first lady Hillary Clinton professed, these public school champions believe “it takes a village” to cultivate a society of competent human beings.

As Hebrew University historian Martin van Crevald points out in his book, The Rise and Decline of the State, nineteenth-century state worshippers who wanted to impose a love of big government ideals upon the youth popularized the archetype for state-directed education. Additionally, there was an overall appetite for discipline of the “unruly” masses that reinforced the campaign to take education out of the hands of individuals. After all, the self-educated masses might resist government decrees, and this kind of disarray would be undesirable in the move toward building a powerful, controlling state apparatus. Prussia’s Frederick William I and France’s Napoleon discerned this, as did a legion of other despotic rulers throughout the 18th and 19th centuries. In a recent article published on the American Daily Herald “Dumberer and Dumberest,” Glenn Horowitz writes:

If you’re not familiar with it, the Prussian system was a teaching methodology designed to stamp out good little worker bees assembly-line fashion, trained to be complacent with their station in life and compliant with every demand of the State. An elite of those better educated but still proven unquestioningly loyal to the State were promoted to lead the proletariat, rewarded with elevated status and material success commensurate with their skills and the zeal they demonstrate in supporting the system. It specifically avoided developing creativity and independent thought, reasoning these were skills the worker classes didn’t need in their roles as mass produced labor.

Read more

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Government School: Six Year Old Guilty of Sexual Assault After Playing Tag - Monday, January 30, 2012

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
January 30, 2012

In politically correct San Francisco, a six year old boy was charged with sexual assault after playing a game of tag on the playground.

The child was accused of brushing his best friend’s leg or groin while the two were playing on the playground at Lupine Hills Elementary in Hercules two months ago, according to CBS in San Francisco.

The parent of the child said his son was held in the principal’s office and interrogated. The school coerced a confession from the child. He was suspended and a sexual battery charge was placed on his permanent school record, even though there is no such thing as sexual assault for a six year-old in California.

Only after the boy’s parents hired a lawyer and threatened to sue did the school back down.

The case is another example of control freak public school administrators treating students like prison inmates. So-called “zero tolerance” for “sexual abuse” – from students who are too young to even know what sex or sexual abuse are – provides an excuse to lord over impressionable children and acclimate them behaviorally for years spent in the education-prison system that is public school.

School are Constitution-free zones writ large. Students around the country are subjected to searches of lockers, cars and personal possessions in violation of the Fourth Amendment.

In numerous cases, school officials around the country have subjected children to traumatic experiences that will harm them for life – from arresting them for playing with Nerf “guns” to allowing police to conduct armed training exercises in schools.

Police are now gunning down students in school hallways, something that was unheard of a generation ago.

And while school officials claim students are engaged in sexual abuse and perversion, more often than not it is teachers and administrators who are the perverts. In California, state bureaucrats are in the business of the protecting pedophiles who come in contact with children.

The Jerry Sandusky case at Penn State underscores the fact that pedophiles gravitate toward schools and government jobs where sexual abuse is often tolerated and covered-up. Add to that the documented fact child protective services around the country are involved in kidnapping and molestation and we have more than enough reason to never trust government with the education and management of our children.

Government mistreatment and exploitation of children is epidemic and no more so than at the de facto world government headquarters, the United Nations. In 2007, it was reported that the U.N. was investigating itself for involvement in a child sex slavery ring.

In 2005, Rep. Cynthia McKinnon had the chance to grill then Secretary of Defense Rumsfeld about Pentagon contractor Dyncorp’s buying and selling of young women and children. Dyncorp and Halliburton subsidiary KBR have been implicated in human trafficking.

McKinnon was ultimately run out of Congress and nothing became of the human trafficking accusations, thus again demonstrating that the pedophile and human sexual slave trade instinct of government is largely above reproach.

For the ordinary parent, the only sane option is to remove his or her children from government indoctrination mills and the prison complex and homeschool them.

...........

SF 6-year-old charged with fake sexual assault, for playing tagCBS SF Local

January 30, 2012

An East Bay dad claims a game of tag on the playground resulted in his 6-year-old son being accused of sexual assault – a decision he said was an overreaction by school officials.

The parent, who asked only to be identified as Oswin, said his son was accused of brushing his best friend’s leg or groin while the two were playing on the playground at Lupine Hills Elementary in Hercules two months ago.

Oswin said his child was kept in the principal’s office for two hours until he confessed. He was suspended, and a sexual battery charge was placed on his permanent school record.

… Legally, there’s no such thing as sexual assault for a six year-old in California.

Read full report and see video here

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Soros Front Pushing Pre-Crime Policy Through Google - Wednesday, January 25, 2012

Prisonplanet.com
January 25, 2012

Former fellow of George Soros’ Open Society and current Stanford University scholar Evgeny Morozov has called on Google and other search engines to become thought crime enforcers, by providing warnings about websites that contain “conspiracy theories”.

Google Admits It Will Track Everything Its Users Do, No Opt Out

cryptogon.com
January 25, 2012

In other words, Google now admits doing things that Cryptogon readers have known it has been doing for about a decade: Tracking everything.

Via: Washington Post:

Google said Tuesday it will follow the activities of users across e-mail, search, YouTube and other services, a shift in strategy that is expected to invite greater scrutiny of its privacy and competitive practices.

The information will enable Google to develop a fuller picture of how people use its growing empire of Web sites. Consumers will have no choice but to accept the changes.

The policy will take effect March 1 and will also impact Android mobile phone users, who are required to log in to Google accounts when they activate their phones.

Google requires all users to agree to its new privacy policy

Google will soon know far more about who you are, what you read and where you go on the Web

Cecilia Kang
Washington Post
January 25, 2012

The Web giant announced Tuesday that it plans to follow the activities of users across nearly all of its ubiquitous sites, including YouTube, Gmail and its leading search engine.

Google has already been collecting some of this information. But for the first time, it is combining data across its Web sites to stitch together a fuller portrait of users.

Consumers won’t be able to opt out of the changes, which take effect March 1. And experts say the policy shift will invite greater scrutiny from federal regulators of the company’s privacy and competitive practices.

The move will help Google better tailor its ads to people’s tastes. If someone watches an NBA clip online and lives in Washington, the firm could advertise Washington Wizards tickets in that person’s Gmail account.

Read full report here

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Soros Helped Nazis During WWII: Infowars Nightly News

Prisonplanet.com
January 25, 2012

Alex explores the shady past of billionaire George Soros.

Soros Mouthpiece Calls On Google To Police “Conspiracy Theories” - Tuesday, January 24, 2012

Wantabe Control freaks running loose in America

Stanford scholar wants search engines to flag global warming, vaccine skepticism as thought crimes

Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet.com
Tuesday, January 24, 2012

Former fellow of George Soros’ Open Society and current Stanford University scholar Evgeny Morozov has called on Google and other search engines to become thought crime enforcers, by providing warnings about websites that contain “conspiracy theories” such as the belief, held by a majority of Americans, that global warming is not primarily man-made.

Soros Mouthpiece Calls On Google To Police Conspiracy Theories Author Evgeny Morozov of 007

Morozov, whose biography confirms him as a well-connected insider, decries in a Slate piece how the Internet is a useful tool for “People who deny global warming” as well as “the anti-vaccination movement,” calling on Google to provide a “socially responsible curated treatment” that would marginalize such beliefs by amending search results.

His solution is to, “Nudge search engines to take more responsibility for their index and exercise a heavier curatorial control in presenting search results for issues like “global warming” or “vaccination.” Google already has a list of search queries that send most traffic to sites that trade in pseudoscience and conspiracy theories; why not treat them differently than normal queries? Thus, whenever users are presented with search results that are likely to send them to sites run by pseudoscientists or conspiracy theorists, Google may simply display a huge red banner asking users to exercise caution and check a previously generated list of authoritative resources before making up their minds.”

Morozov describes the potential that such a move will be judged as Google “shilling for Big Pharma or for Al Gore” as “a risk worth taking”.

This represents a similar argument to Cass Sunstein’s “cognitive infiltration,” an effort by Obama’s information czar to slap government warnings on controversial websites (including those claiming that exposure to sunlight is healthy). In a widely derided white paper, Sunstein called for political blogs to be forced to include pop ups that show “a quick argument for a competing view”. He also demanded that taxes be levied on dissenting opinions and even suggested that outright bans on certain thoughts should be enforced.

Giving companies like Google, which has grown to virtually become the gatekeeper of the entire Internet itself and is already engaging in SOPA-like acts of censorship, the power to denote which political and scientific positions are acceptable and which are fringe “conspiracy theories” is an insult to free thinking and smacks of Chinese-style thought control.

Morozov’s argument is also completely undermined by the fact that the two so-called fringe “conspiracy theories” he forwards as being in need of Google’s thought crime control, skepticism about global warming and the dangers of vaccines, are views held by millions of Americans and are not “fringe” at all.

According to the most recent polls, less than half of Americans now believe that global warming is caused by human activity, a number that has been slipping for the past several years.

In addition, polls show that a quarter of Americans, some 75 million of them, believe that vaccines are unsafe and can cause autism. To characterize this as a minority conspiracy belief is like labeling Catholicism as a doctrine of a tiny fringe.

At best, views about global warming and the safety of vaccines can be described as being split, but to claim that skepticism over man-made climate change and the dangers of inoculations are “kooky” fringe conspiracy beliefs, as Morozov does in his article, is brazenly inaccurate and exposes the agenda-driven bias of his rhetoric.

This is further illustrated by the reader comments, which almost universally deride Morozov and attack his argument as being a thinly veiled demand for Internet censorship.

“The day Google starts doing things like this is the day I find a new search engine,” writes one.

“So, you are a supporter of internet censorship? Only of information that you disagree with, of course. So I assume Slate and NAF did not support the recent action regarding SOPA?” adds another.

Morozov’s rhetoric is merely one aspect of the wider move to turn the Internet into an echo chamber of establishment propaganda, drowning out alternative voices to the benefit of large pharmaceutical companies who make billions from selling risky vaccines and scientific bodies whose very survival depends upon the global warming myth being upheld.

It represents another effort to win an information war the establishment is currently losing, as Hillary Clinton herself admitted, by not just creating a new Orwellian Internet Ministry of Truth, as Bill Clinton demanded, but by ascribing this role to the very gatekeeper of the Internet itself – Google.

High Level Contacts Between State Department and Muslim Brotherhood - Thursday, January 12, 2012

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
January 12, 2012

Deputy Secretary of State William Burns has met with Mohammed Morsi, head of the Muslim Brotherhood’s Freedom and Justice Party, State Department spokeswoman Victoria Nuland said on Wednesday.

Mohamed Morsi, a senior member of the Muslim Brotherhood.

Nuland characterized the meeting as a chance to reinforce U.S. expectations that Egypt’s parties will support human rights, women’s rights and religious tolerance, according to the Associated Press.

Burns visited Egypt and the Muslim Brotherhood ahead of an IMF delegation that will discuss a $3 billion loan. He encouraged the north African country to cooperate with the IMF.

The Muslim Brotherhood is a documented intelligence asset. Prior to World War II British Intelligence cultivated ties with the Brotherhood and the CIA later did the same. During the nationalist regime of Nasser in the 1950s, British and U.S. intelligence used the Muslim Brotherhood undermine Nasser’s rule. The organization was outlawed and designated a terrorist operation in Egypt after it attempted to assassinate the popular Egyptian leader.

In A Century of War: Anglo-American Oil Politics and the New World Order, author William Engdahl reveals how the Brotherhood was endorsed in May of 1979 at the Bilderberg meeting held in Austria. British Islamic expert Dr. Bernard Lewis said during this meeting that endorsing the Muslim Brotherhood would allow the global elite “to promote balkanization of the entire Muslim Near East along tribal and religious lines,” an effort that eventually resulted in the current clash of civilizations doctrine.

“What is going on in the Middle East with the Jasmine Revolution in Tunisia that we saw a few days ago, and now in Egypt with Mubarak in his 80s, and obviously a regime that is not exactly the most stable one, we have a food crisis taking place as a backdrop and the IMF coming and telling these countries to eliminate their state food subsidies so you have, of course, the explosive background for popular unrest,” Engdahl told RT last January. “Within that you have these NGOs, like Freedom House, training activists and trade unions and various other organizations to demand democracy, demand human rights and so forth.”

Freedom House has denied it is a CIA operation, despite the fact it has received funding from the Ford Foundation – integrated into CIA operations in the early 1950s – the National Endowment for Democracy (NED), and the Scaife Foundations.

Alan Weinstein, one of the founders of the NED, said in 1991 that the organization now does what “was done 25 years ago covertly by the CIA.”

Richard Mellon Scaife ran “Forum World Features, a foreign news service that was allegedly used as a front to disseminate CIA propaganda.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Tyrel Ventura Speaks Out Against Fox News Character Assassination of His Father - Monday, January 09, 2012

The Alex Jones Channel
Monday, January 9, 2012

Alex speaks with Tyrel Ventura, the son of former Minnesota Governor Jesse Ventura.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Ventura: Navy SEAL ‘Punch’ Hoax May be Retribution For Supporting Ron Paul - Monday, January 09, 2012

Former Governor demands retraction from Fox News

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Monday, January 9, 2012

Former Minnesota Governor Jesse Ventura tells the Alex Jones Show that the hoax story about Navy SEAL Chris Kyle punching him in a bar, an incident which never happened, may be part of an establishment backlash against Ventura for supporting presidential candidate Ron Paul.

The controversy began last week when US Navy SEAL Chris Kyle appeared on numerous television shows, primarily to brag about how many Iraqis he had killed as a sniper and to promote his new book.

Kyle claims that he met Ventura in a bar in Coronado in 2006 while Ventura was in town to speak to a new class of SEAL graduates at nearby Naval Amphibious Base Coronado. Also present were family members holding a wake for Michael Mansoor, one of the first SEALs killed in Iraq. Kyle claims Ventura began loudly objecting to the war in Iraq before calling the troops “murderers” and saying “we deserved to lose a few guys”.

Kyle then claims he punched Ventura, knocked him to the floor, and quickly fled the scene.

Ventura explained that if the story happened as Kyle described it then, “he’s confessing to the crime of assault.”

“I want to to clear his name because he’s confessing to assaulting me, and it didn’t happen,” Ventura told the Alex Jones Show, adding “I can unequivocally tell you I’ve never been punched in Coronado, California.”

Ventura explained that the owner of the bar in question, McP’s Irish Pub & Grill, was a close friend of his and that anyone was free to call him up and confirm that the alleged incident never took place.

“If a former Governor within the SEAL community had been knocked down and hit and assaulted, it would have traveled through the SEAL community like wildfire,” said Ventura, pointing out how “absurd” it was for the incident only to come to light almost six years later.

Ventura also emphasized how, “you’re never at McP’s alone, you’re there with your team mates, your classmates….there’ll be at least five or six guys with you, I would sure like to hear of a witness that saw this event because it never happened.”

“He never hit me, I don’t even know who he is,” said Ventura, adding that if the incident had occurred the way Kyle described, there would be a police report, which there isn’t.

Ventura said that he had only ever been treated with honor and dignity at every SEAl community event he had attended, adding, “I don’t know why this young gentleman wants to plead that he committed a crime against me, but I can unequivocally plead for his innocence because the event never happened.”

Ventura stressed that although he has never supported the war in Iraq, he has “all the sympathy in the world for the soldiers having been one,” labeling it a “direct insult” by Kyle to question his patriotism and claim that he would verbally attack family members of a slain soldier at a wake.

“For someone to state that I would take joy and pleasure in especially one of my SEAL team mates would die, that I would enjoy that, is despicable, it’s wrong, and this never happened,” said Ventura.

The way in which the establishment media instantly seized upon the bogus story and gave Kyle all the air time he wanted to spread it illustrates how Ventura has made many enemies through his aggressive stance against the system, particularly in the form of his lawsuit against the TSA.

“This is two times now within about a two week period where the mainstream media has ran with something that was completely untrue,” said Ventura, referring to a previous false claim about how he had been caught tailgating in California, when he hasn’t even visited California for six months.

Ventura speculated that the smear campaign against him was launched because, “I am rattling my sword about the elections, maybe because I support Ron Paul…who they say he’s fringe because he stands for peace, maybe because I support peace and not war because in this country now that makes you a target for people that do support war.”

Ventura also noted that the story broke just as he traveled back to the remote Baja region of Mexico and was unable to swiftly issue a rebuttal.

“How timely – obviously I must be under some type of surveillance for people to know exactly when I would cross the border and have no means to communicate or fight for myself,” he said.

With Fox News reporting the bogus story under the headline ‘Navy SEAL Sniper Punched Out Jesse Ventura‘, the former Governor called for a retraction and is now taking the necessary steps to defend himself.

“You can bet that I will seek a full retraction of this and I will tell you…I demand a retraction because what this person is saying is unequivocally untrue,” stated Ventura.

Watch the full interview below.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Exclusive: Jesse Ventura Blasts Navy SEAL ‘Punch’ Hoax - Sunday, January 08, 2012

Former Governor: Incident “never happened…someone is out to destroy my credibility”

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Saturday, January 7, 2012

Following claims made by US Navy SEAL Chris Kyle that he punched Jesse Ventura for badmouthing US troops during a wake for a slain soldier in Coronado, California, Ventura has denounced the story as an outrageous lie, asserting that the event never happened.

Kyle, who has been the subject of numerous television interviews over the past few days while he promotes his new book, is a sniper marksmen who has been made into somewhat of a poster child for US military involvement in the Middle East following his tales of killing hundreds of Iraqi insurgents.

Kyle then claims he punched Ventura, knocked him to the floor, and quickly ran away.

Infowars today spoke with Tyrel Ventura, Jesse Ventura’s son, who related to us how Ventura is shocked, heartbroken and saddened about how a fellow Navy SEAL could invent such a hurtful and abhorrent lie.

The event never happened, Ventura has never met Kyle, and the whole story is a transparent hoax seemingly designed as an attempt at character assassination given Ventura’s very public recent battles with the federal government, in particular his fight with the TSA, and his vehement anti-war stance, Tyrel told us after talking with his father.

Ventura explained that he has only ever visited the bar in question with groups of friends, and the notion that the story if true would not have already become public in the space of over five years is plainly ludicrous.

Ventura labels the story a total fabrication and is beyond heartbroken that a fellow service member and Navy SEAL would invent such outrageous lies designed to defame him and help sell a book. He adds that it is incredibly vicious to claim at a wake he would insult the family members of a slain soldier, which is one of the worst slurs that could be made against anybody, not to mention a former Navy SEAL like Ventura.

In his Facebook response, Ventura makes reference to another false claim that had to be retracted about him supposedly tail gating in California last week, suggesting that there is an organized effort to “destroy my credibility”.

Such actions may be an effort to pre-empt the possibility that Ventura could enter the presidential picture as a candidate for the Libertarian Party. Tyrel Ventura told us that Jesse is completely blown away that the establishment is now coming after him by way of manufactured hoaxes and cynical acts of character assassination in a bid to politically discredit him.

Close friend Alex Jones points out that Ventura was “veering towards riding off into the sunset for good,” but that such attacks on his character could force the former Governor to re-emerge as a prominent force on the US political scene. Jones said that the smear has completely backfired because it will only make Ventura become more public and be more aggressive in asserting his anti-war, pro-freedom principles.

Anyone who knows Ventura also knows that he is a supreme patriot, a proud former SEAL, and would never insult the family members of a fallen soldier at a wake – such egregious slurs are completely inconsistent with Ventura’s character, notes Jones.

Ventura is currently residing at his remote home in the Baja region of Mexico which is virtually cut off from civilization, but is planning to travel to the nearest town in order to do a Skype interview with the Alex Jones Show over the next few days.

His son Tyrel Ventura will appear on the Alex Jones Show tomorrow to address the hoax. Jesse Ventura is expected to make further statements on the issue over the course of the next week.

Read Jesse Ventura’s Facebook statement below.

The event this man spoke of never happened. I have been to Mc P’s many times since leaving the Navy. I was never there alone. I was always accompanied by other people. If this happened 6 years ago, someone would have known of it before now. Certainly in the UDT/SEAL community it would have been known. This has to be news to all of us.

I have always opposed the war in Iraq but I have never spoken or wished any ill will towards the soldiers. My heart aches that soldiers have died or been wounded because this war should never have taken place. I am perplexed over the agenda this man has and why a fellow Navy Seal would tell a lie about an event that never happened.

Clearly between this story and the previous week’s story about supposedly getting pulled over for tailgaiting in CA that was also a lie, someone is out to destroy my credibility. I find it very interesting that both these stories are being spread by Fox news and it’s affiliates. As a Navy veteran you realize you can’t believe every sea story you hear. Let me finish by stating both of the recent two national stories about me are completely untrue lies, neither event ever happened.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Nwo to Conduct Character Assassination Psyops on Prominent Patriots in 2012 - Saturday, January 07, 2012

The Alex Jones Channel
January 7, 2012

Alex breaks down the latest psyop attack by the establishment on prominent people like, Jesse Ventura, Alex Jones and Ron Paul.

The Lies and propaganda used to push the New world Order Kooks

On Thursday’s O’Reilly Factor, Bill sat down with Chris Kyle, a former Navy SEAL sniper credited with 150 certified kills and author of the book American Sniper: The Autobiography of the Most Lethal Sniper in U.S. Military History.

Kyle, the recipient of five Bronze Stars and two Silver Stars, revealed to O’Reilly why he punched former Minnesota Governor Jesse Ventura, knocking him to the floor. Kyle said that he encountered Ventura at a bar while attending the wake of a fallen SEAL, and that Ventura started bad-mouthing America, then-President Bush, and the Iraq war. When Kyle asked him to tone it down so as not to upset the family, Ventura said, “You [the Navy SEALs] deserve to lose a few guys.” Kyle then punched him and took off running!

O’Reilly asked Kyle about his experiences in Iraq, where he was deployed four times. In his book, Kyle refers to enemy Iraqis as ‘savages’. He explained why to O’Reilly saying, “The way they live day-to-day as far as the violence they commit on American troops — the beheadings, the rape of innocent villagers and townspeople, just to intimidate them. They live by putting fear into other people’s hearts. Civilized people just don’t act that way.”
http://nation.foxnews.com/seal/2012/01/05/americans-most-lethal-navy-seal-sni…

More Information to come on the Fraud being used to push outragous lies from NWO retards who make up stories in the mainstream press for the propaganda and their Cult of Evilness.

Michael Savage propaganda: Ron Paul Hates Jews and Supports Terrorists - Friday, January 06, 2012

Talking head & Freedom hater Michael Savage's propaganda

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
December 30, 2011

On December 29, nationally syndicated talk radio show host Michael Weiner “Savage” trashed Ron Paul. He characterized him as a “lunatic” who supports Hamas and Hezbollah after Paul said the Gaza Strip is a concentration camp.

Michael Weiner “Savage” takes clips to push his own brand of propaganda

Savage joins the rest of the “conservative” punditry in the act of viciously trashing Ron Paul as the Iowa caucus approaches. His audience is well over 9 million people. The “Savage Nation” has now demonstrated that it is an important element in the effort to portray Ron Paul as not only a political fringe kook, but also a racist and – according to Weiner and his neocon fellow travelers – a Jew-hating antisemite who hates Israel and supports Hamas and Hezbollah.

Weiner said Paul is a threat to the survival of the United States. He said there is little difference between him and “the psychotic, progressive leftists” who support Obama. “If Obama’s team wanted to invent someone else on the other side to make Obama look mild and moderate and safe, they couldn’t have done better than inventing Ron Paul,” he said.

On the same day he trashed Ron Paul, Michael Savage gave his tacit support to Mitt Romney. “Of course Romney is a liberal Republican. Of course he is in the tradition of middle-of-the-roaders. Of course Romney is a milquetoast, and of course we would like someone more conservative,” Savage said.

“However, I am a pragmatist. Romney might be electable – although I’m not sure after Gingrich has gotten through with him – while Paul is unelectable, and Gingrich is so soiled with dirt that he is contemptible beyond being unelectable,” he said.

In October, Savage praised Ron Paul for his take on the illegality of the supposed al-Awlaki assassination. In August, he showered Paul with kudos for his principled stand on the federal budget and government spending.

However, now that Paul is a Republican front-runner poised to win in Iowa and possibly take the New Hampshire primary, Savage believes he is a “lunatic.”

Savage likes to portray himself as an independent who has contempt for both establishment political parties, but his sudden denouncement of Ron Paul reveals his true role as a ringmaster playing the false right-left paradigm game.

The threat of a Ron Paul in the White House has forced Savage’s hand. It has revealed him for the establishment operative that he obvious is.

HEADLINE NEWS

Here is Michael Savage' will not tell people below

Ron Paul Reacts To Black Man’s Testimony Video

Donate now to air “The Compassion” spot in early voting states

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
December 30, 2011

GOP presidential candidate Ron Paul has commented on the emotional testimony of a man who explained how Dr. Paul came to his rescue when know one else would purely because his wife was white and he was black.

The video, released this week not by the Paul campaign but by independent supporters, features James Williams explaining how close to forty years ago Ron Paul was the only physician who would help him when his pregnant wife became sick.

Mr Williams of Matagorda County, Texas, says he believes no one would come to his aid and deliver the couple’s child “because of the difference, me being black and her being white”.

Mr Williams then explains how Ron Paul stepped in and took care of his wife and even dealt with the medical expenses after the baby was tragically stillborn.

Watch the video below:

Appearing on the Jan Mickelson radio show, Paul, was clearly emotional when the audio of the piece was played back to him.

Commenting on the video, Paul said “I’m amazed that they found that. If you’d have asked me to go back and find somebody like that I wouldn’t know.”

Explaining that although he does not recall the specifics of the incident, Paul added that he found it humbling to know how grateful Mr Williams is.

Watch the video:

The creators of the piece, Revolution PAC, now hope to raise enough funds to air a broadcast version in the early primary states. At time of writing the group have raised almost $28,000 but need to hit as close to $500,000 as possible for the piece to have a wide reaching impact.

The piece is particularly poignant in the face of continued baseless race based smear attempts against Ron Paul being driven by the corporate media.

We urge readers to donate whatever you can afford to Revolution PAC’s “The Compassion of Dr. Paul” campaign by clicking here.

Michael Savage Lays Into “Crackpot” Ron Paul - The pathetic delusional smear attempt against Ron Pau - Friday, January 06, 2012

Talking heads like Savage and others who hate freedoms, Libertys, and use propaganda in order for their love for war mongering trash and New World Order Scum.

Repeats jibe about Paul being anti-semitic

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
January 6, 2012

“Conservative” Radio host Michael Savage has once again slammed GOP presidential candidate Ron Paul, labeling him a “crackpot” and calling the Congressman’s supporters “dyed-in-the-wool liberals”.

In an exchange with a patriotic Ron Paul supporter on his show this week, Savage once again set about convincing his listeners that Ron Paul is wholly unelectable and, worse still, is a danger to the security of the US.

The caller, named Barbara, began by pointing out that Ron Paul is the only GOP candidate who has not only been right on the biggest threats Americans face today, but is the only candidate who has even discussed those issues.

“Michael, it won’t make any difference if Obama wins or not, because all the Republican candidates are the same. And you know the only candidate, the “deranged” Ron Paul, is the only one who has spoken out against, not only NDAA, but SOPA, Stop Online Piracy Act . . . he spoke out against the Patriot Act years ago.” the caller stated.

“He’s the only one warning about the fascism and oppression coming to America. And he’s been right.” she added.

“Hold on. He is right, but he’s not electable.” Savage bizarrely interjected, before going on to slam Paul once again.

“Ma’am. Ma’am. Stop. You sound like you are hysterical. You sound just like Ron Paul. Why are all the Ron Paul addicts so hysterical (I’d like to know)?” Savage said as the caller urged him to “support the candidate that supports the constitution.”

“None of the Republican candidates have spoken out against NDAA, except for Ron Paul.” the caller once again urged.

“Ok. On this point you are correct.” Savage conceded, “But this still does not make the crackpot electable.” he added.

“He’s not a crackpot, Michael. He’s been saying things that you agree with.” the caller interjected.

“Really. He’s being saying things that I agree with? You mean I agree that Israel should be annihilated and disappeared off the planet like he does?…You want me to play the sound bite?” Savage said, before launching into a debate about Israel.

When the discussion came back around to Ron Paul, the caller told Savage that she had voted for George McGovern because he was anti-war, prompting him to state “So you’re confirming what I suspect. Most people who support Ron Paul are dyed-in-the-wool liberals.”

Listen to the clip below:

Recently Savage has taken to trashing Paul on his radio show, going so far as to label the Congressman a “lunatic” who is a threat to the survival of the United States.

With an audience of well over 9 million people, Savage is bent on not only portraying Ron Paul as a political fringe kook, but also a racist. Following recent comments made by Paul that in his eyes the Gaza Strip is a concentration camp, Savage labeled the Congressman an anti semite who hates Israel and supports Hamas and Hezbollah.

For the record, Ron Paul has never said he believes Israel should be “annihilated”, neither has he expressed anti-semitic sentiments. All Paul has said about Israel is that he does not believe the US should be interjecting militarily in the middle east on Israel’s behalf or supplying foreign aid to Israel. Paul has also expressed sympathy with the plight of the Palestinian people, yet somehow Savage has translated this into the notion that the Congressman supports the actions of anti-Israeli terrorists.

Savage claimed that there is little difference between Paul and “the psychotic, progressive leftists” who support Obama. “If Obama’s team wanted to invent someone else on the other side to make Obama look mild and moderate and safe, they couldn’t have done better than inventing Ron Paul,” he said.

Listen below:

Of course, Savage is a huge hypocrite in this respect because as little as five months ago he was singing Ron Paul’s praises for both his take on the illegality of the supposed al-Awlaki assassination, and for his principled stand on the federal budget and government spending.

Furthermore, Savage has expressed support for Mitt Romney, the foremost big government candidate, who supported the banker bailouts, as well as a fervent advocate of socialized healthcare.

Over recent years, Savage has set about convincing his listeners that he is now railing against both establishment political parties and that he is really an independent. However, it is clear where he really stands with his show of support for Romney and his trashing of Ron Paul, the anti-establishment candidate.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

The Murder of The Constitution in Full Public View by Congress & Obama

UPDATED: Chris Matthews Attempts To Destroy Ron Paul’s Campaign - Friday, December 30, 2011

Alex Jones Calls Chris Matthews a Disgraceful JOKE!

The Alex Jones Channel
December 31, 2011

Alex breaks down the pathetic smear attempt against Ron Paul by MSNBC’s Chris Matthews.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

..............................

Chris Matthews Attempts To Destroy Ron Paul’s Campaign
Devotes large portion of programming to latest smear attempt

Steve Watson
Prisonplanet.com
December 30, 2011

Last night MSNBC host Chris Matthews spent a large portion of his Hardball program attempting to destroy Ron Paul’s presidential campaign.

In an embarrassing display of partisanship and outright bias, Matthews poked into every avenue he could in an attempt to paint Paul up as a delusional, paranoid, racist conspiracy theorist. Any non discerning viewers may well have gone away believing Paul was Satan himself when Matthews was finished.

After every sorry attempt to defame Paul, Matthews turned to his bewildered looking guests for reassurance that Paul was indeed a demon sent from the depths of hell to destroy humanity and plunge the planet into eternal darkness.

Watch the segment below:

After dredging up the already thoroughly debunked “racist” newsletters non-issue (Matthews loves injecting phony race talking points into his programming) Matthews switched tack to the latest media driven smear attempt against Paul, namely that he endorses deluded “conspiracy theories”.

Quoting the neo-con insider James Kirchick, who wrote a vicious piece in the New York Times yesterday, Matthews went on to suggest that Ron Paul not only endorses 9/11 truth, but is a fully fledged truther himself.

Paul has never even addressed the issue of 9/11 truth, but what is more troubling is that fact that Matthews equates the absolute fact that the US government had intelligence ahead of time of the 9/11 plot – an issue Paul is clearly aware of – with the idea that “George Bush was pushing some sort of button that blew up the World Trade Center.”

Matthews chastised Paul for “not repudiating” theories about 9/11 when given a chance. In reality, Paul said that he is far too focused on other issues to attempt to answer questions about 9/11 truth.

Matthews then went on the attack again, stating “Ron Paul is also a repeated guest on the radio show of Alex Jones” before playing a clip of the Congressman speaking to Jones recently about the alleged Iranian plot to kill the Saudi ambassador to the United States.

Matthews highlighted the fact that Paul suggested that the incident could have been a “propaganda stunt” perpetrated by the Obama administration, yet failed to explain that this this assertion was first made by retired U.S. Army Lieutenant Colonel Anthony Shaffer, whose source for making the claim was an FBI insider.

Indeed, far from being an out-there conspiracy theory, the New York Times itself entertained the notion that the incident was potentially a propaganda stunt, reporting how the dubious nature of the plot caused “a wave of puzzlement and skepticism from some foreign leaders and outside experts.”

Anyone who spends more than five minutes looking into these ridiculous assertions made by Matthews and others against Ron Paul, will quickly discover that the Congressman is not the deluded paranoid, and the reality is quite the opposite. Matthews and his ilk operate in a world of lies and spin, and their output has one aim only – to forward their own deluded agenda.

Matthews routinely urges his viewers to believe that anyone who is skeptical of, or expresses disdain toward, anything the government does is psychologically insane.

He has admitted himself that he analyzes politics “from a Marxist perspective” and that his idol is Communist ideologue Saul Alinsky. In other words, he is an extreme left wing radical and routinely goes after anyone who does not share his outright Communist views.

Ron Paul, on the other hand, is concerned with keeping the federal government in check, protecting liberty, upholding the Constitution, ending unauthorized wars and the occupation of foreign nations, healing the economy and restoring sound money. Which of these agendas sounds deluded to you?

Related: Establishment Media Crucifies Ron Paul On Every Front

2012: World On the Brink - Thursday, December 29, 2011

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
December 29, 2011

As we prepare to enter 2012, a number of crucial issues confront us:

Economy: The bankster engineered implosion of the economy – beginning in 2008 with the collapse of the housing market – will likely reach a crescendo in 2012. The eurozone contagion will spread, taking down global economies. It will diminish national sovereignty across the board. The global elite are positioned to offer their world government and banking scheme as a curative and there will be increased pressure to implement their underhanded plan in the coming year.

War: 2012 will more than likely be the year the globalists make their move on Iran and also take down Syria. In recent weeks, the Iranians have awakened from their lethargy and are now making defensive gestures on the world stage. Over the past week Iran has stated in no uncertain terms its military will shut down the Persian Gulf oil trade by blocking the Strait of Hormuz if new sanctions on gas – in effect, a war embargo – are implemented. Iran’s ability to intensify and compound the global economic crisis and get nuclear super powers China and Russia involved in a coming cataclysmic war are all part of the plan to realize order out of chaos.

NDAA: The National Defense Authorization Act signals that the global elite are now ready to not only round-up and imprison Americans in internment camps – camps long planned and recently activated by FEMA – but are also ready to assassinate opponents and attack targets in a widespread cyber war against domestic enemies of the state. This is a new and frightening trend that will play out in the year ahead, especially if war is launched against Iran. Government invariably demands fealty and subservience as it rolls out its predictable us-versus-them narrative under the guise of patriotism during its engineered wars.

Police State: As noted last week, the TSA has officially announced it will move its hands-down-your-pants operation from the nation’s airports to bus stations, mass transit hubs and beyond. DHS boss Napolitano has said the DHS plans to be entrench its Gestapo apparatus at the local mall. By Christmas of 2012, the TSA and its heavily armed VIPR good squads may be forcing citizens through deadly porno scanners at the mall. Expanding roadside checkpoints – collaborative efforts between local cops, the feds, and the military – with deadly radiation scanners will also become normalized features of the American police state. 2012 may also be the year surveillance drones become a routine sight in the skies over many cities as militarized cops soak up DHS grant cash and further implement the global elite’s police and high-tech panopticon authoritarian state control grid.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

The Greatest Gift for All - Saturday, December 24, 2011

Paul Craig Roberts
Infowars.com
December 24, 2011

Christmas is a time of traditions. If you have found time in the rush before Christmas to decorate a tree, you are sharing in a relatively new tradition. Although the Christmas tree has ancient roots, at the beginning of the 20th century only 1 in 5 American families put up a tree. It was 1920 before the Christmas tree became the hallmark of the season. Calvin Coolidge was the first President to light a national Christmas tree on the White House lawn.

Gifts are another shared custom. This tradition comes from the wise men or three kings who brought gifts to baby Jesus. When I was a kid, gifts were more modest than they are now, but even then people were complaining about the commercialization of Christmas. We have grown accustomed to the commercialization. Christmas sales are the backbone of many businesses. Gift giving causes us to remember others and to take time from our harried lives to give them thought.

The decorations and gifts of Christmas are one of our connections to a Christian culture that has held Western civilization together for 2,000 years.

In our culture the individual counts. This permits an individual person to put his or her foot down, to take a stand on principle, to become a reformer and to take on injustice.

This empowerment of the individual is unique to Western civilization. It has made the individual a citizen equal in rights to all other citizens, protected from tyrannical government by the rule of law and free speech. These achievements are the products of centuries of struggle, but they all flow from the teaching that God so values the individual’s soul that he sent his son to die so we might live. By so elevating the individual, Christianity gave him a voice.

Formerly only those with power had a voice. But in Western civilization people with integrity have a voice. So do people with a sense of justice, of honor, of duty, of fair play. Reformers can reform, investors can invest, and entrepreneurs can create commercial enterprises, new products and new occupations.

The result was a land of opportunity. The United States attracted immigrants who shared our values and reflected them in their own lives. Our culture was absorbed by a diverse people who became one.

In recent decades we have begun losing sight of the historic achievement that empowered the individual. The religious, legal and political roots of this great achievement are no longer reverently taught in high schools, colleges and universities or respected by our government. The voices that reach us through the millennia and connect us to our culture are being silenced by “political correctness” and “the war on terror.” Prayer has been driven from schools and Christian religious symbols from public life. Constitutional protections have been diminished by hegemonic political ambitions.

Diversity at home and hegemony abroad are consuming values and are dismantling the culture. There is plenty of room for cultural diversity in the world, but not within a single country. A Tower of Babel has no culture. A person cannot be a Christian one day, a pagan the next and a Muslim the day after. A hodgepodge of cultural and religious values provides no basis for law – except the raw power oof the pre-Christian past.

All Americans have a huge stake in Christianity. Whether or not we are individually believers in Christ, we are beneficiaries of the moral doctrine that has curbed power and protected the weak. Power is the horse ridden by evil. In the 20th century the horse was ridden hard. Millions of people were exterminated by National Socialists in Germany and by Soviet and Chinese communists simply because they were members of a race or class that had been demonized by intellectuals and political authority.

Power that is secularized and cut free of civilizing traditions is not limited by moral and religious scruples. V.I. Lenin made this clear when he defined the meaning of his dictatorship as “unlimited power, resting directly on force, not limited by anything.” Our government’s drive for hegemony is resurrecting unaccountable power.

Christianity’s emphasis on the worth of the individual makes such power as Lenin claimed unthinkable. Be we religious or be we not, our celebration of Christ’s birthday celebrates a religion that made us masters of our souls and of our political life on Earth. Such a religion as this is worth holding on to even by atheists.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

The Economic Lessons of Bethlehem - Saturday, December 24, 2011

Llewellyn H. Rockwell, Jr.
LewRockwell.com
December 24, 2011

At the heart of the Christmas story rests some important lessons concerning free enterprise, government, and the role of wealth in society.

Let’s begin with one of the most famous phrases: “There’s no room at the inn.” This phrase is often invoked as if it were a cruel and heartless dismissal of the tired travelers Joseph and Mary. Many renditions of the story conjure up images of the couple going from inn to inn only to have the owner barking at them to go away and slamming the door.

In fact, the inns were full to overflowing in the entire Holy Land because of the Roman emperor’s decree that everyone be counted and taxed. Inns are private businesses, and customers are their lifeblood. There would have been no reason to turn away this man of royal lineage and his beautiful, expecting bride.

In any case, the second chapter of St. Luke doesn’t say that they were continually rejected at place after place. It tells of the charity of a single inn owner, perhaps the first person they encountered, who, after all, was a businessman. His inn was full, but he offered them what he had: the stable. There is no mention that the innkeeper charged the couple even one copper coin, though given his rights as a property owner, he certainly could have.

It’s remarkable, then, to think that when the Word was made flesh with the birth of Jesus, it was through the intercessory work of a private businessman. Without his assistance, the story would have been very different indeed. People complain about the “commercialization” of Christmas, but clearly commerce was there from the beginning, playing an essential and laudable role.

And yet we don’t even know the innkeeper’s name. In two thousand years of celebrating Christmas, tributes today to the owner of the inn are absent. Such is the fate of the merchant throughout all history: doing well, doing good, and forgotten for his service to humanity.

Clearly, if there was a room shortage, it was an unusual event and brought about through some sort of market distortion. After all, if there had been frequent shortages of rooms in Bethlehem, entrepreneurs would have noticed that there were profits to be made by addressing this systematic problem, and built more inns.

It was because of a government decree that Mary and Joseph, and so many others like them, were traveling in the first place. They had to be uprooted for fear of the emperor’s census workers and tax collectors. And consider the costs of slogging all the way “from Galilee, out of the city of Nazareth, into Judea, unto the city of David,” not to speak of the opportunity costs Joseph endured having to leave his own business. Thus we have another lesson: government’s use of coercive dictates distort the market.

Moving on in the story, we come to Three Kings, also called Wise Men. Talk about a historical anomaly for both to go together! Most Kings behaved like the Roman Emperor’s local enforcer, Herod. Not only did he order people to leave their homes and foot the bill for travel so that they could be taxed. Herod was also a liar: he told the Wise Men that he wanted to find Jesus so that he could “come and adore Him.” In fact, Herod wanted to kill Him. Hence, another lesson: you can’t trust a political hack to tell the truth.

Once having found the Holy Family, what gifts did the Wise Men bring? Not soup and sandwiches, but “gold, frankincense, and myrrh.” These were the most rare items obtainable in that world in those times, and they must have commanded a very high market price.

Far from rejecting them as extravagant, the Holy Family accepted them as gifts worthy of the Divine Messiah. Neither is there a record that suggests that the Holy Family paid any capital gains tax on them, though such gifts vastly increased their net wealth. Hence, another lesson: there is nothing immoral about wealth; wealth is something to be valued, owned privately, given and exchanged.

When the Wise Men and the Holy Family got word of Herod’s plans to kill the newborn Son of God, did they submit? Not at all. The Wise Men, being wise, snubbed Herod and “went back another way” – taking their lives in their hands (Herod conducted a furious search for them later). As for Mary and Joseph, an angel advised Joseph to “take the child and his mother, and fly into Egypt.” In short, they resisted. Lesson number four: the angels are on the side of those who resist government.

In the Gospel narratives, the role of private enterprise, and the evil of government power, only begin there. Jesus used commercial examples in his parables (e.g., laborers in the vineyard, the parable of the talents) and made it clear that he had come to save even such reviled sinners as tax collectors.

And just as His birth was facilitated by the owner of an “inn,” the same Greek word “kataluma” is employed to describe the location of the Last Supper before Jesus was crucified by the government. Thus, private enterprise was there from birth, through life, and to death, providing a refuge of safety and productivity, just as it has in ours.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Egyptian Military Adviser Calls Attack on Woman Justified - Friday, December 23, 2011

ROBERT MACKEY
NY Times
December 23, 2011

An adviser to Egypt’s military rulers said in a newspaper interview published on Thursday that a brutal attack on a female protester by Egyptian soldiers on Saturday was justified because the woman had insulted the army.

Thousands of Egyptian women took to the streets of Cairo this week to protest the beating of the woman, whose black abaya was stripped back to reveal her underwear during the attack.

Asked about video and photographs of soldiers hitting and kicking the woman, Gen. Abdel Moneim Kato, a retired officer who advises the ruling military council in Cairo, told the Arabic-language newspaper Asharq Al-Awsat that the female activist “had been insulting the army through a megaphone” before she was stripped and beaten.

That justification for the brutal beating comes eight months after the generals put in power by President Hosni Mubarak sentenced another activist, Maikel Nabil, to three years in prison for “insulting the armed forces” on Facebook.

Full article here

Mark Steyn: Ron Paul’s Support of Constitution is “Stunted Parochialism” - Friday, December 23, 2011

Are you sick Yet of goat blowing propaganda from the likes of kooks like Mark Steyn, who wouldn't know the truth, "if it bit him on his sorry ass." Let's face it; Steyn is “the most toxic right-wing pundit you’ve never heard of” where Steyn writes with “a shrill, mocking tone of moral certainty that consigns those who disagree with him to the status of appeasers or even terrorists; and a willingness to distort, misrepresent, and omit facts in order to advance his argument.” Steyn nothng more then a freedom hater..

.....................................

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
December 23, 2011

Mark Steyn, the Canadian columnist who writes about American politics and is a close friend of the convicted criminal Conrad Black, has labeled Ron Paul’s political views “sheer stupid half-witted parochialism” in The Daily Caller.

“So we’re getting here into what is the problem with Ron Paul, which is the sheer stupid half-witted parochialism of his view of what’s going on out on the planet,” Steyn said on Hugh Hewitt’s radio show on Thursday. “And that’s why this is — this is a kind of utopian isolationism that fantasists on the right have embraced and at its darkest side, it meets the left coming around the other way in 9/11 truther conspiracy theories.”

Watch the Video with Mark Steyn propaganda and retarded non-truth

Ron Paul has never declared 9/11 to be an inside job. Steyn’s attempt to portray him as a “truther” is more evidence that the neocon faction of the ruling elite is running scared as they confront the prospect of Paul winning the Iowa caucus.

More than one critic has accused the Canadian of anti-Muslim hysteria, which seems to be a disagreeable personality trait shared by many neocons. Northeastern University journalism professor Dan Kennedy has described Steyn as “the most toxic right-wing pundit you’ve never heard of” and alleges that Steyn writes with “a shrill, mocking tone of moral certainty that consigns those who disagree with him to the status of appeasers or even terrorists; and a willingness to distort, misrepresent, and omit facts in order to advance his argument.”

In fact, Mr. Steyn and the neocons did not emerge from the so-called “right.” Neoconservatism is a political philosophy that incubated on the so-called left. It was spawned by Trotskyites. That’s why former Marxists like David Horowitz have naturally migrated toward the movement.

As Thomas DiLorenzo has noted, the neocons are at war with the Constitution. It stands in the way of waging total war on the Muslims. “War is the enemy of constitutional liberty and also of prosperity. It is impossible to support the American regime’s unconstitutional and aggressive wars and be devoted to the Constitution at the same time,” DiLorenzo writes.

Ron Paul is devoted to the Constitution and that’s why Steyn and the neocons detest him.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Retired General: ‘Burn Egyptian Protesters in Hitler ovens’ - Wednesday, December 21, 2011

Press TV
December 21, 2011

A retired Egyptian general says the protesters who came under attack by soldiers were “delinquents who deserve to be thrown into Hitler’s ovens.”

Gen. Abdel Moneim Kato, who serves as an adviser to the military’s public relations department, made the remarks in an interview with the Egyptian newspaper al-Shorouk on Monday.

The invocation of Nazi Germany came just hours before Egypt’s military rulers claimed to have foiled a plot to burn down the country’s parliament building.

The comment was strongly criticized by several Egyptian activists and politicians.

Mohamed ElBaradei, a presidential hopeful, tweeted that the retired general had “a deranged and criminal state of mind!”

The Arabic Network for Human Rights Information in Cairo also denounced General Kato, calling him an “official who does not hesitate to declare Nazi opinions that incite hatred and justify violence against citizens he disagrees with.”

The Egyptian military’s violence against protesters in the past five days left at least 14 people dead and hundreds more injured, according to the Health Ministry.

The demonstrators call on the junta to immediately transfer power to a civilian government nearly one year after the country’s revolution toppled former dictator Hosni Mubarak.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

The Arab Winter: Violence from a US-back Egyptian military junta - Tuesday, December 20, 2011

Patrick Henningsen
Infowars.com
December 20, 2011

Now that the Arab Spring has come and gone, one of the features of the new Arab Winter is watching how a US/UK-backed brutal Egyptian military dictatorship has become increasingly more violent towards its own pro-reform, unarmed citizens.

There are still a few readers left out there who will understandably be a bit confused and ask, “Wait a minute, I thought Egypt’s military dictator President Hosni Mubarak was ousted during the famous Arab Spring? I thought we brought democracy to Egypt?”

The answer, of course, is ‘no’ – as democracy never made it to Egypt during the Arab Spring. Instead, the US and UK were under a very tight time table because of what was going on next door in Libya and could not afford to have a civilian government full of democratic idealists running that country. The stakes were just too high.

At the time of Mubarak’s exit in Egypt, both the US and the UK, along with the other participating NATO countries, were busily engaged in a hot contest of regime change and the gradual private takeover of Libya’s economy. In order for NATO’s al-Qeada rebel army to succeed on the ground, and for NATO allies not to be seen breaking the UN’s Resolution 1973 guidelines by being caught directly supplying arms to their proxy army in Libya, they needed a solid ask-no-questions partner in the region for the duration of 2011. That partner came in the form of the new Egyptian military junta, who obediently smuggled arms and al-Qaeda fighters over their western border into eastern Libya to help overthrow the regime of the late Col. Muammar Gaddafi.

The Wall Street Journal reported on March 17, 2011:

“Egypt’s military has begun shipping arms over the border to Libyan rebels with Washington’s knowledge, U.S. and Libyan rebel officials said…
… The shipments-mostly small arms such as assault rifles and ammunition-appear to be the first confirmed case of an outside government arming the rebel fighters. Those fighters have been losing ground for days in the face of a steady westward advance by forces loyal to Libyan leader Moammar Gadhafi.”

For this reason, and for the most part, our moral crusaders in the White House will keep their mouths shut if any reports of naked violence by the Egyptian police state are circulating around Washington DC.

The state-sponsored violence appears to be getting much worse.

Regarding clashes this past weekend, the Daily News Egypt reported:

At least nine people have been killed and around 300 people injured in the two days of clashes, according to the Health Ministry.
“The military council is either fed up or lacks vision in dealing with protests. It’s unbelievable what is happening; the revolution was meant to give us freedom,” said Aboul-Ela Madi, a member of the panel who resigned…
… Aya Emad told the AP that troops dragged her by her headscarf and hair into the Cabinet headquarters. The 24-year-old said soldiers kicked her on the ground, an officer shocked her with an electrical prod and another slapped her on the face, leaving her nose broken and her arm in a sling.
“It was a humiliating scene,” activist Mona Seif told TV network Al-Nahar about seeing soldiers slapping an old woman in the face. “I have never seen this in my life.”

It is important to note that the likes of Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton and David Cameron are supporting this gruesome violence by the Egyptian State, even in the face of prima facia evidence that the military council is beating and killing its own political opponents. Unlike western crusades to capture the assets of Syria and Iran, following the template of Libya, you will hear no serious moral or lofty ‘human rights’ condemnations of Egypt’s supreme military council coming out of Washington or Whitehall.

Surprised? You shouldn’t be. Just look at how both the US and UK deal with their own protesters at home.

After seeing Occupy Wall Street activists being intimidated, beaten and pepper sprayed by New York City law enforcement, Egypt’s military has cited those same heavy-handed US police actions against the OWS demonstrators in order to justify their own violent suppression in Cairo. The message to protesters in Cairo’s Tahrir Square is not so different than the one delivered to demonstrators in New York’s Zuccotti Park – and that is, “Pack up and go home now, or else you could be seriously hurt – or worse.”

Notice now that the only regimes who are safe from US-UK or NATO routing them are the monarchies and the military dictatorships in the Middle East. This should tell you all you really need to know in order to understand the foreign policy of western countries today.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

The Rise of Ron Paul Proves That The Establishment Media is Not All Powerful - Monday, December 19, 2011

Saman Mohammadi
The Excavator
Monday, December 19, 2011

“Not long ago, if you wanted to seize political power in a country,” wrote Italian philosopher and novelist Umberto Eco in his 1967 essay, Towards a Semiological Guerrilla Warfare, “you had merely to control the army and the police. Today it is only in the most backward countries that fascist generals, in carrying out a coup d’etat, still use tanks. If a country has reached a high level of industrialization the whole scene changes. The day after the fall of Khrushchev, the editors of Pravda, Izvestiia, the heads of the radio and television were replaced; the army wasn’t called out. Today a country belongs to the person who controls communications.”

In 2011, “the person who controls communications” can be a blogger with a million readers, a multinational CEO with newspapers in several countries, or an online news anchor with a million dollar studio.

Believe it or not, but bloggers and online journalists can change the world. We are not laboring in vain. We are helping to establish a much-needed political dialogue between the West and the East which can lead to a genuine and just peace in the future.

Peace in the Middle East cannot be achieved without dialogue and debate.

Online civil society has a great and historic responsibility to use the power of a free press to create understanding and peace, because the establishment media has used its power to create misunderstanding and war.

There isn’t a “dialogue among civilizations” in the establishment media because the internationalist pundit class doesn’t respect the rights of countries like Pakistan, Syria, Lebanon, Afghanistan, Somalia, Libya, Iraq, Iran, Israel, America, Canada, England, Australia, France, Germany; basically every country.

Online news anchor Alex Jones is doing important humanitarian work by hosting people like Pakistani General Hamid Gul and American counter-terrorism specialist Steve Pieczenik and simply talking about civilization-threatening issues like the war on terror, 9/11, the U.S.-Pakistan conflict, and World War III.

Holding a conversation with someone, even someone who is considered an “enemy,” means that you respect their God-given rights and their opinions.

We are at a critical point in history in which people from the East and the West must come together and talk to each other around a common fire of truth and understanding.

Conversations can change the world. Dutch-American psychoanalyst Joost A. M. Meerloo wrote in his essay, “Conversation and Communication”:

“If there is no free conversation human aggression accumulates. A man who listens only to his radio, or is caught by the hypnotism of the movies must discharge his aggression somewhere else. But the civilizing sublimation of conversation does not reach him, so he cannot get rid of his aggression.
People have learned to be silent listeners. Dictatorship asks only for silent citizens. If man cannot redeem himself of his everyday tensions through words, the archaic primitive demands within him grow more and more awake. The world falls prey to his accumulated obsessions, and in the end collective madness breaks through. Let us talk now, so that we do not become mad animals!” (This essay is featured in the 1967 book “The Human Dialogue: Perspectives on Communication,” edited by Floyd M. Watson and Ashley Montagu).

The Internet Revolution has changed politics forever because dictatorships can no longer contain populations within a rigid ideology and a limited point of view.

Rigid political ideologies are defunct. The Almighty State, which depends on deceptions, acts of terrorism, and psychological operations, is collapsing around the world. It collapsed in Russia. And it will collapse in Iran, Israel, England, and the United States. The Mullahs in Iran will find this out the hard way, and so will the Bankers and National Security Priests in America and the West.

Bloggers and online news anchors are undermining the power of anti-democratic elites from America to the Middle East by opening up the worldwide debate about the 9/11 attacks and the global war on terror. They are giving free speech a chance.

In America, silencing patriots like Ron Paul is a lot harder than it was in 1988, when he first ran for President, because of the Internet Revolution. Dr. Paul’s rise would not have been possible without blogs, alternative news sites, message boards, YouTube, online fundraising drives, and online news anchors like Alex Jones who spread the word.

The editors of The Daily Bell have written consistently about the transformative power of the Internet and how it will change national and global politics. In November, they wrote:

The power elite virtually controlled the flow of information in the 20th century and in the 21st they’ve lost this ability. They have lost their information monopoly thanks to the Internet. This is a devastating blow.

The response by dictatorships to the Internet has been the same: Kill it,before it destroys us.

Dictatorships in Washington, Beijing, Tehran, Tel Aviv, and London are losing credibility with their people and their solutions are tyranny at home and war abroad.

They’re scared because they know the game is up. Slavery and death is all they know, and all they can offer.

As the liberating power of the Internet continues to manifest itself, citizens around the world will be offered new narratives of history, and alternative futures.

The world is wide open. We are entering a period of flux in which these dark dictatorships will either evolve or collapse. So far, it appears they will all go the way of the Soviet Union.

HEADLINE NEWS LINK

Egypt: Protesters brutally beaten as soldiers drag women through streets - Sunday, December 18, 2011

Humanitarian Intervention? Female Protesters Brutally Beaten, Stripped in Egypt

RT | There’ll be no NATO humanitarian intervention here.

There’ll be no NATO humanitarian intervention here.

The blog-o-sphere is boiling at the cruel beating of a female protester by Egyptian military police, who continued battling protesters in Tahrir Square on Sunday. The clashes, into their third day now, have left 10 people dead and hundreds injured. The video uploaded on YouTube Sunday reveals the extreme cruelty of the country’s law enforcers during the crackdown. The army soldiers in full riot gear have been savagely beating a seemingly unconscious female protester with big sticks, kicking her and stomping on her chest. Security forces lashed out ruthlessly on armless civilians and burned down tents that had been put up by activists outside the parliament building to camp in protest against the military rule. The internet community therefore questions the methods of the military regime who took over power after the ousting of the ex-President Hosni Mubarak in February.

The brave women of the Middle East: Female protesters brutally beaten with metal poles as vicious soldiers drag girls through streets by their hair in day of shame

Inderdeep Bains
UK Daily Mail
December 18, 2011

After being viciously beaten by a 10-strong mob of Egyptian male soldiers, this woman lies helplessly on the ground as her shirt is ripped from her body and a man kicks her with full force in her exposed chest.

Moments earlier she had been struck countless times in the head and body with metal batons, not content with the brutal beating delivered by his fellow soldier, one man stamped on her head repeatedly.

She feebly tried to shield her head from the relentless blows with her hands.

But she was knocked unconscious in the shameful attack and left lying motionless as the military men mindlessly continued to beat her limp and half-naked body.

Read full article

Headline News Links

Thousands clash with police as protests boil over on streets of Egypt and Lebanon

Syrian soldiers shot for refusing to fire on protesters

Protesters, officers clash violently in Iran’s streets

Soldiers on streets of Kyrgyzstan’s second city as violence flares

Australian Cops Brutally Beat Drunk Driver

Egypt’s army clashes with protesters

Iraqi soldiers kill two U.S. soldiers in Mosul

White House Says Child Soldiers Are Ok, if They Fight Terrorists

Iraqi Police Shoot Dead 4 US Soldiers

Soldiers allegedly killed by fellow GI in Iraq

Welcome Home, boys: TSA “Interrogates” our Soldiers

3 Security guards stand by as 15 year old girl beaten

The Pretext for a North American Homeland Security Perimeter - Monday, December 12, 2011

Dana Gabriel
Be Your Own Leader
December 12, 2011

After months of negotiations, the U.S. and Canada have unveiled new trade, regulatory and security initiatives to speed up the flow of goods and people across the border. The joint action plans provide a framework that goes beyond NAFTA and continues where the Security and Prosperity Partnership (SPP) left off. This will take U.S.-Canada integration to the next level and is the pretext for a North American Homeland Security perimeter.

On December 7, President Barack Obama and Prime Minister Stephen Harper announced the Beyond the Border Perimeter Security and Economic Competitiveness Action Plan. The new deal focuses on addressing security threats early, facilitating trade, economic growth and jobs, integrating cross-border law enforcement, as well as improving infrastructure and cyber-security. It will act as a roadmap with different parts being phased in over the next several years. This includes the creation of various pilot projects. Many aspects of the agreement will also depend on the availability of funding from both governments. In addition, the two leaders issued a separate Regulatory Cooperation Council Action Plan that sets out initiatives whereby the U.S. and Canada will seek greater regulatory alignment in the areas of agriculture and food, transportation, environment, health, along with consumer products.

At a Joint News Conference, President Obama declared that, “Canada is key to achieving my goal of doubling American exports and putting folks back to work. And the two important initiatives that we agreed to today will help us do just that.” He went on to say, “we’re agreeing to a series of concrete steps to bring our economies even closer and to improve the security of our citizens.” Obama also added, “we’re going to improve our infrastructure, we’re going to introduce new technologies, we’re going to improve cargo security and screening.” Prime Minister Harper proclaimed that, “These agreements create a new, modern order for a new century. Together, they represent the most significant steps forward in Canada-U.S. cooperation since the North American Free Trade Agreement.” He explained that, “The first agreement merges U.S. and Canadian security concerns with our mutual interest in keeping our border as open as possible to legitimate commerce and travel.” Harper described how, “The second joint initiative will reduce regulatory barriers to trade by streamlining and aligning standards.”

Some of the measures found in the Beyond the Border action plan include conducting joint, integrated threat assessments; improving cooperative law enforcement capacity and national intelligence- and information-sharing; cooperating on research and best practices to prevent and counter homegrown violent extremism; working to jointly prepare for and respond to binational disasters and enhancing cross-border critical infrastructure protection and resilience. Other facets of the deal will work towards adopting an integrated cargo security strategy; implementing entry and exit verification; establishing and verifying the identity of foreign travellers to North America; better aligning Canadian and U.S. programs for low-risk travellers and installing radio frequency identification technology at key border crossings.

As part of the agreement, both countries will, “implement two Next-Generation pilot projects to create integrated teams in areas such as intelligence and criminal investigations, and an intelligence-led uniformed presence between ports of entry.” This will build on past joint law enforcement initiatives such as the Shiprider program and the Integrated Border Enforcement Teams. The Next-Generation pilot projects are scheduled to be deployed by the summer of 2012. In September, U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder revealed plans that would allow law enforcement officers to operate on both sides of the border. He announced that, “the creation of ‘NextGen’ teams of cross-designated officers would allow us to more effectively identify, assess, and interdict persons and organizations involved in transnational crime.” Holder also commented that, “In conjunction with the other provisions included in the Beyond the Border Initiative, such a move would enhance our cross-border efforts and advance our information-sharing abilities.”

In his article, How the U.S. blackmailed Canada, Gar Pardy stressed that as part of a North American security zone, “Canadian security institutions will be more closely integrated with those of the United States.” While addressing the Beyond the Border declaration and the subsequent action plan, he highlighted the fact that, “these are not formal treaties or even formal agreements, although there could be greater formality in the future.” Pardy also noted, “Nowhere in the documentation resulting from the two meetings are there suggestions the people of Canada will be provided with detailed information on which judgments can be made on the wisdom of this consensual agreement negotiated in the backrooms of both capitals.” Instead he cautioned that, “the troublesome details implicit in the agreement will be hidden behind the wall of national security.” Pardy argued that in the process, “Canada sold its national security independence in exchange for hoped-for minor changes to American border restrictions.” He concluded that, “It is not an overstatement to suggest the United States blackmailed the government of Canada into making this deal. It was the American way or no way.”

The Council of Canadians have also strongly rejected the new border deal. They have challenged the notion that, “proper privacy protections can be achieved between Canada and the U.S. without significantly diluting stronger Canadian laws and norms.” Citing privacy concerns associated with the U.S. Patriot Act, the organization emphasized that, “the proposed new entry-exit system for travellers needs the greatest scrutiny by Canadian parliamentarians, security and privacy experts.” The Council of Canadians also criticized, “the government for hiding behind a sham public consultation and implying that this should clear the way for implementation of the action plan.” In August, the Conservative government released two reports which summarized online public input received concerning regulatory cooperation, as well as perimeter security and economic competitiveness. While improving the movement of trade and travel was the priority for business groups, many individuals expressed concerns over the loss of sovereignty, along with the protection of personal information.

When it comes to regulatory convergence, Maude Barlow, national chairperson of the Council of Canadians agreed that, “Standardization can be a good thing when standards are high,” She conceded, “The problem is standards aren’t higher in the U.S. in many cases.” Barlow also acknowledged that, “Already Health Canada and other agencies consider harmonization with U.S. standards to be a more important consideration than the real safety of our food. This perimeter deal cements that skewed priority list.” There are fears that it could erode any independent Canadian regulatory capacity and weaken existing regulations. Part of the SPP agenda called for improving regulatory cooperation which resulted in Canada raising pesticide limits on fruits and vegetables. Regulatory integration threatens Canadian sovereignty and democracy. Further harmonization with the U.S. could result in Canada losing control over its ability to regulate food safety. This could also lead to a race to the bottom with respect to other regulatory standards.

By all accounts, big business is the winner in the new trade and security perimeter deal. Maude Barlow explained that, “this process has been set up to accommodate one sector of our community and that is big business.” In advance of the action plans being unveiled to the public, business stakeholders were briefed on the specifics. The Canadian Council of Chief Executives, an organization that lobbies the government on behalf of Canada’s largest corporations has given it their stamp of approval. The U.S. and Canadian Chambers of Commerce also applauded the new vision for border and regulatory cooperation. When it comes to negotiations on the border security agreement, Barlow confirmed that, “the big business community was the only sector at the table with government and guided the process from the beginning.” This was also the case with the now defunct SPP. Big business was a driving force behind the initiative which led to the creation of the North American Competitiveness Council to ensure that corporate interests were being addressed.

In her article, Maude Barlow also warned that when it comes to the perimeter deal, “Canada is essentially giving up policy control in the key areas of privacy, security, immigration and surveillance in order to entice the U.S. to loosen controls at the border.” She stated, “it is likely to lead to a wholesale replacement of Canadian privacy and security standards with American ones, set by Homeland Security.” When it comes to information being collected and stored, Barlow questioned whether it will be, “used as a form of social control, to identify not terrorists, but activists and dissenters of government policy.” She insisted that, “We must call on our government to create a full public and Parliamentary debate before this deal becomes operational.” From the beginning, the whole process has lacked transparency with no congressional or parliamentary oversight. This has drawn comparisons to the SPP which was shrouded in secrecy and fueled by fears over the loss of sovereignty that finally led to its downfall. We can only hope that this latest endeavour will meet the same fate. With the 2012 U.S. election cycle about to get into full swing, the new bilateral deal could get lost in the shuffle.

While the perimeter agreement is being sold as vital to the safety and prosperity of Canadians and Americans alike, there is little doubt that it will mean a tradeoff between sovereignty and security. Any deal which gives the Department of Homeland Security more personal information poses a serious risk to privacy rights. As both countries move forward, perimeter security will be further defined and dominated by American interests. This could force Canada to comply with any new U.S. security measures, regardless of the dangers they may pose to civil liberties. A North American Homeland Security perimeter goes well beyond keeping people safe from any perceived threats. It is a means to secure trade, resources, as well as corporate interests and is a pretext for control over the continent. Ultimately, the U.S. wants the final say on who is allowed to enter and who is allowed to leave.

HEAD LINE NEWS LINKS

ALSO NOTE WHAT HOMELAND SURCURTY HAS DONE IN THE US

Existence of Military Detention Centers Signals America’s Descent Into Martial Law - Saturday, December 10, 2011

Homefront: The U.S. Government’s War and Terrorism against it's own People

There is a state of siege in America. The existence of military detention centers in America has been acknowledged for several years in the alternative media where the mainstream media bought and paid for has kept citizen's in the dark.

The US Government has gone compleatly Insane.
It's offical now, all US Citizen's can now be rounded up as terrorists. Fears of martial law in America are completely rational. A number of historians, authors, and journalists have warned that America is entering a period of violence, protests and social collapse in which the hijacked U.S. government will impose martial law to restore stability in the country.

THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA GOVERNMENT’S TERRORISM, WHERE GOVERNMENT HAS BECOME THE REAL TERRORISTS IN THE WORLD
read more ...

The Crazies who want world government... - Sunday, December 11, 2011

World Government Climate Deal Fails In Durban

Infowars | Make no mistake, sanity won the battle in this instance, but the war goes on.

The nightmare package of measures outlined in the treaty that came out of the Durban Climate Summit has failed, with the outcome instead being a promise to work towards implementing the measures over the next decade.

Read our original article on the issue here. Also read Lord Monckton’s comprehensive breakdown of what the globalists attempted to pass here.Make no mistake, sanity won the battle in this instance, but the war goes on.

Global Warming Hysteria: Pushing Rights of Nature at Durban
Wesley J. Smith | Goodbye national sovereignty, but that is part of the point isn’t it?

Wesley J. Smith
First Things
Sunday, December 11, 2011

Over at the warming skeptical blog Climate Depot, Lord Monckton analyzed the proposals for a comprehensive anti global warming treaty. There is much he describes about which to be alarmed and oppose implacably. For example, apparently an international global warming court is contemplated. Goodbye national sovereignty, but that is part of the point isn’t it?

Within the jurisdiction of Secondhand Smoke,we see a push to enact the “rights of nature,” against which I have written before. I decided to check the document itself, and sure enough. From “Update of the Amalgamation of Draft Texts in Preparation of a Comprehensive and Balanced Outcome to be Presented to the Conference of the Parties for adoption at its seventeenth session,” pp. 138-139:

Impacts:…
38. Ensuring the full respect of human rights, including the inherent rights of indigenous peoples, women, children, migrants and all vulnerable sectors;
39. [Recognizing promoting and defending the rights of nature to guarantee harmony between humanity and nature ensuring the prevalence of all elements of nature over market interests].
40. [Ensuring that ecological functions of Mother Earth will not be commodified inorder to guarantee the rights of nature;]

This is nothing less than a proposed official adoption of an international earth religion that seeks to impose a neo paganism on us all.

I understand this is draft language that might well not make the final cut. But I believe that many GWHics would enthusiastically accept the rights of nature, and in a heartbeat, which would destructively:

Undermine human exceptionalism by conflating humans–who exclusively possess rights–with flora, fauna, viruses, dirt, and rocks, all of which are part of nature.
Materially impede development and the creation of wealth by placing a huge roadbock in front of economic enterprise, given that with rights, nature would have to be given equal consideration with humans. Ironically, this would push us toward greater poverty, preventing much wealth redistribution, which is a key GWH goal.
Unleash GWHs and other assorted Green radicals to bring litigation on behalf of the trees, pond scum, mosquitoes or whatever aspect of nature they decided to defend. From there, it would be a small step to “ecocide,” criminalizing wealth and jobs producing activities like the Alberta tar sand resources.

Talk about eating your own tail! Whatever the merits or demerits of the warming hypothesis, this “solution” is a catastrophe in the making. Nature doesn’t have rights. Humans have duties, to properly husband the world to be sure, but also to our own prosperity and thriving.

Durban: What the Media are Not Telling You

Lord Christopher Monckton | Their plans to establish a world government paid for by the West on the pretext of dealing with the non-problem of “global warming” are now well in hand.

Lord Christopher Monckton
Climate Depot
Sunday, December 11, 2011

DURBAN, South Africa — “No high hopes for Durban.” “Binding treaty unlikely.” “No deal this year.” Thus ran the headlines. The profiteering UN bureaucrats here think otherwise. Their plans to establish a world government paid for by the West on the pretext of dealing with the non-problem of “global warming” are now well in hand. As usual, the mainstream media have simply not reported what is in the draft text which the 194 states parties to the UN framework convention on climate change are being asked to approve.

Behind the scenes, throughout the year since Cancun, the now-permanent bureaucrats who have made highly-profitable careers out of what they lovingly call “the process” have been beavering away at what is now a 138-page document. Its catchy title is “Ad Hoc Working Group on Long-Term Cooperative Action Under the Convention – Update of the amalgamation of draft texts in preparation of [one imagines they mean 'for'] a comprehensive and balanced outcome to be presented to the Conference of the Parties for adoption at its seventeenth session: note by the Chair.” In plain English, these are the conclusions the bureaucracy wants.

The contents of this document, turgidly drafted with all the UN’s skill at what the former head of its documentation center used to call “transparent impenetrability”, are not just off the wall – they are lunatic.

Main points:

A new International Climate Court will have the power to compel Western nations to pay ever-larger sums to third-world countries in the name of making reparation for supposed “climate debt”. The Court will have no power over third-world countries. Here and throughout the draft, the West is the sole target. “The process” is now irredeemably anti-Western.
“Rights of Mother Earth”: The draft, which seems to have been written by feeble-minded green activists and environmental extremists, talks of “The recognition and defence of the rights of Mother Earth to ensure harmony between humanity and nature”. Also, “there will be no commodification [whatever that may be: it is not in the dictionary and does not deserve to be] of the functions of nature, therefore no carbon market will be developed with that purpose”.
“Right to survive”: The draft childishly asserts that “The rights of some Parties to survive are threatened by the adverse impacts of climate change, including sea level rise.” At 2 inches per century, according to eight years’ data from the Envisat satellite? Oh, come off it! The Jason 2 satellite, the new kid on the block, shows that sea-level has actually dropped over the past three years.
War and the maintenance of defence forces and equipment are to cease – just like that – because they contribute to climate change. There are other reasons why war ought to cease, but the draft does not mention them.
A new global temperature target will aim, Canute-like, to limit “global warming” to as little as 1 C° above pre-industrial levels. Since temperature is already 3 C° above those levels, what is in effect being proposed is a 2 C° cut in today’s temperatures. This would take us halfway back towards the last Ice Age, and would kill hundreds of millions. Colder is far more dangerous than warmer.
The new CO2 emissions target, for Western countries only, will be a reduction of up to 50% in emissions over the next eight years and of “more than 100%” [these words actually appear in the text] by 2050. So, no motor cars, no coal-fired or gas-fired power stations, no aircraft, no trains. Back to the Stone Age, but without even the right to light a carbon-emitting fire in your caves. Windmills, solar panels and other “renewables” are the only alternatives suggested in the draft. There is no mention of the immediate and rapid expansion of nuclear power worldwide to prevent near-total economic destruction.
The new CO2 concentration target could be as low as 300 ppmv CO2 equivalent (i.e., including all other greenhouse gases as well as CO2 itself). That is a cut of almost half compared with the 560 ppmv CO2 equivalent today. It implies just 210 ppmv of CO2 itself, with 90 ppmv CO2 equivalent from other greenhouse gases. But at 210 ppmv, plants and trees begin to die. CO2 is plant food. They need a lot more of it than 210 ppmv.
The peak-greenhouse-gas target year – for the West only – will be this year. We will be obliged to cut our emissions from now on, regardless of the effect on our economies (and the lack of effect on the climate).
The West will pay for everything, because of its “historical responsibility” for causing “global warming”. Third-world countries will not be obliged to pay anything. But it is the UN, not the third-world countries, that will get the money from the West, taking nearly all of it for itself as usual. There is no provision anywhere in the draft for the UN to publish accounts of how it has spent the $100 billion a year the draft demands that the West should stump up from now on.

The real lunacy comes in the small print – all of it in 8-point type, near-illegibly printed on grubby, recycled paper. Every fashionable leftist idiocy is catered for.

Talking of which, note in passing that Rajendra Pachauri, the railroad engineer who, in the topsy-turvy looking-glass world of international climate insanity is the “science” chairman of the UN’s climate panel, has admitted that no one has been talking about climate science at the climate conference here in Durban. Not really surprising, given no real warming for getting on for two decades, no recent sea-level rise, no new record Arctic ice-melt, fewer hurricanes than at almost any time in 30 years, no Pacific atolls disappearing beneath the waves.

Here – and, as always, you heard it here first, for the mainstream media have conspired to keep secret the Madness of King Rajendra and his entire coterie of governmental and bureaucratic lunatics worldwide – is what the dribbling, twitching thrones and dominions, principalities and powers of the world will be asked to agree to.

“International Climate Court of Justice”: This kangaroo court is to be established by next year “to guarantee the compliance of Annex I Parties with all the provisions of this decision, which are essential elements in the obtaining of the global goal”. Note that, here as elsewhere, the bias is only against the nations of the West. However badly the third-world countries behave, they cannot be brought before the new court. Though none of what the draft calls the “modalities” of the proposed marsupial dicastery are set out in detail, one can imagine that the intention is to oblige Western nations to pay up however much the world government run by the Convention secretariat feels like demanding, just as the unelected tyrants of the EU demand – and get – ever-larger cash payments from the ever-shrinking economies and ever-poorer tribute-payers of their dismal empire.

The temperature target: At Copenhagen and Cancun, the states parties to the Convention arrogated to themselves the power – previously safe in the hands of Divine Providence – to alter the weather in such a way as to prevent global mean surface temperature from rising by more than 2 C° above the “pre-industrial” level. They did not even say what they meant by “pre-industrial”. From 1695-1745 temperatures in central England, quite a good proxy for global temperatures, rose by 2.2 C°, with about another 0.8 C° since then, making 3 C° in all. The previous temperature target, therefore, was already absurd. Yet the new, improved, madder target is to keep global temperatures either “1 C°” or “well below 1.5 C°” above “pre-industrial levels” – i.e., well below half of the temperature increase that has already occurred since the pre-industrial era. The twittering states parties are committing themselves, in effect, to reducing today’s global temperatures by getting on for 2 C°. This is madness. Throughout pre-history, the governing class – Druids or Pharaohs or Mayans or Incas – thought they could replace their Creator and command the weather. They couldn’t. No more can we. But try telling that to the strait-jacketed ninnies of today’s governing “elite”. Speech after speech at the plenary sessions of the Durban conference has drivelled on about how We Are The People Who At This Historic Juncture Are Willing And Able To Undertake The Noble Purpose Of Saving The Planet From Thermageddon and Saving You From Yourselves [entirely at your prodigious expense, natch].

The emissions-reduction targets: The new target proposed by the staring-eyed global-village idiots will be a reduction of 50-85% of global greenhouse-gas emissions from 1990 levels (i.e. by 65-100% of today’s levels) by 2050, with emissions falling still further thereafter. The West should cut its emissions by 30-50% from 1990 levels (i.e. by 40-65% of today’s levels) in just eight years, and by more than 95% (i.e. more than 100%) by 2050. Alternatively (for there are many alternatives in the text, indicating that agreement among the inmates in the Durban asylum is a long way off), the West must cut its emissions “more than 50%” in just five years, and “more than 100%” by 2050. The words “more than 100%” actually appear in the draft. The Third World, however, need cut its emissions only by 15-30% over the next eight years, provided – of course – that the West fully reimburses it for the cost.

The greenhouse-gas reduction target: Greenhouse-gas concentrations in the atmosphere “should stabilize well below 300-450 ppm CO2 equivalent”. This target, like the temperature target, is plain daft. CO2 concentration is currently at 392 ppmv, and the IPCC increases this by 43% to allow for other greenhouse gases. Accordingly, today’s CO2-equivalent concentration of greenhouse gases is 560 ppmv, and the current lunacy is to cut this perhaps by very nearly half, reducing the CO2 component to just 210 ppmv, at which point trees and plants become starved of CO2, which is their food, and start to die.

The greenhouse-gas peak targets: Global greenhouse gas emissions, say the mentally-challenged Durban droolers, should peak in not more than eight years’ time, and perhaps as soon as two years’ time. Western greenhouse-gas emissions should peak immediately (or perhaps by next year, or maybe the year after that) and must decline thereafter. The greenhouse-gas emissions peak in third-world countries will be later than that of the West, and – no surprises here – will depend on the West to pay the cost of it.

“Historical responsibility”: The nations of the West (for which the UN’s code is “Annex I parties”) are from now on required to beat their breasts (or at least their strait-jackets) and acknowledge their “historical responsibility” for increasing CO2 emissions and giving us warmer weather. The draft says: “Acknowledging that the largest share of the historical global emissions of greenhouse gases originated in Annex I Parties and that, owing to this historical responsibility in terms of their contribution to the average global temperature increase, Annex I Parties must take the lead in combating climate change and the adverse effects thereof.” This new concept of “historical responsibility” – suspiciously akin to the “war-guilt” of post-1918 Germany, declared by the imprudent governments of the world at the Versailles conference, which was no small cause of World War II – further underscores the rapidly-growing anti-Western bias in the UN and in the Convention’s secretariat.

Who pays? Oh, you guessed it before I told you. The West pays. The third world (UN code: “non-Annex-I parties”) thinks it will collect, so it will always vote for the UN’s insane proposals. But the UN’s bureaucrats will actually get all or nearly all the money, and will decide how to allocate what minuscule fraction they have not already spent on themselves. As a senior UN diplomat told me last year, “The UN exists for only one purpose: to get more money. That, and that alone, is the reason why it takes such an interest in climate change.” The draft says: “Developed-country Parties shall provide developing-country Parties with new and additional finance, inter alia through a percentage of the gross domestic product of developed-country Parties.” And, of course, “The extent of participation by non-Annex-I parties in the global effort to deal with climate change is directly dependent on the level of support provided by developed-country Parties.”

The get-out clause: One or two Western countries – Canada and Japan, for instance – have begun to come off the Kool-Aid. They have worked out what scientifically-baseless nonsense the climate scam is and have said they are not really playing any more. To try to keep these and the growing number of nations who want out of “the process” bankrolling the ever-more-lavish UN, an ingenious escape clause has been crafted: “The scale of financial flows to non-Annex-I parties shall be based on the assessments of their needs to deal with climate change.” Since climate is not going to change measurably as a result of Man’s emissions, any honest assessment of the needs of third-world countries “to deal with climate change” is that they don’t need any money at all for this purpose and shouldn’t get a single red cent. The UN is now the biggest obstacle to the eradication of poverty worldwide, because its pampered functionaries divert so much cash to themselves, to an ever-expanding alphabet-soup of bureaucracies, and then to heroically lunatic projects like “global warming” control. Time to abolish it.

World government: The Copenhagen Treaty draft establishing a world “government” with unlimited powers of taxation and intervention in the affairs of states parties to the UN Framework Convention fortunately failed. Yet at the Cancun climate conference the following year 1000 new bureaucracies were established to form the nucleus of a world government, with central control in the hands of the Convention’s secretariat and tentacles in every region and nation. The draft “agrees that common principles, modalities and procedures as well as the coordinating and oversight functions of the UNFCCC are needed” – in short, global centralization of political, economic and environmental power in the manicured hands of the Convention’s near-invisible but all-powerful secretariat. No provision is made for the democratic election of key members of the all-powerful secretariat – in effect, a world government – by the peoples of our planet.

Reporting to the world government: From 2013/14, the world government will oblige Western nations to prepare reports and submit them to it every two years. The format of these reports is specified in obsessive detail over several pages of the draft. The reports will describe the extent of their compliance with the mitigation targets imposed by the various treaties and agreements. The West will be obliged to to continue reporting “greenhouse-gas emission inventories”, for which “common reporting formats and methodologies for the calculation of emission, established at the international level, are essential”. Separately, Western nations will now be required to provide information on the financial support they have pledged to assist third-world countries in mitigating greenhouse-gas emissions and adapting to “the adverse effects of climate change”. The world government also expects to receive reports from Western nations on their financial contributions to the Global Environment Facility, the Least Developed Countries’ Trust Fund, the Special Climate Change Fund, the Adaptation Fund, the Green Climate Fund and the Trust Fund for Supplementary Activities”. Western nations must also provide information on the steps taken to promote technology development and transfer to third-world countries, and on how they have provided “capacity-building support” to third-world countries, and on numerous other matters. The inexorable increase in compulsory reporting was one of the mechanisms by which the unelected Kommissars of the anti-democratic European Union acquired absolute power over the member states. EU advisors have been helping the UN to learn how to use similar techniques to centralize global power just as anti-democratically in its own hands.

Review of Western nations’ conduct: Once the multitude of mechanisms for Western nations’ compulsory reporting to the world government are in place, the information gathered by it will be used as the basis of a continuous review of every aspect of their compliance with the various agreements and concords, whether legally-binding or not. Teams of five to eight members of the Convention’s secretariat will scrutinize each Western nation’s conduct, and will have the power to ask questions and to require additional information, as well as to make recommendations that will gradually become binding. The world government will then prepare a record of the review for each Western nation, including reports of various aspects of the review, an assessment of that nation’s compliance, questions and answers, conclusions and recommendations (eventually instructions) to that nation, and a “facilitative process” (UN code for a mechanism to compel the nation to do as it is told by people whom no one has elected).

Finance: One of the 1000 bureaucracies established at Cancun is the Standing Committee on Finance, which the draft says will have the power of “mobilizing financial resources” through flows of public and private finance, “mobilizing additional funding”, and requiring and verifying the reporting of finance provided to third-world Parties by the Western nations through a new Financial Support Registry. Finance for third-world countries is to be scaled up “significantly”, and Western countries will be obliged to provide “a clear work-plan on their pledged assessed contributions” from 2012-2020 “for approval by the Conference of the Parties”. Taxpayers will be compelled to provide the major source of funding through public expenditure.

Green Climate Fund: Western nations are urged to “commit to the initial capitalization of the Green Climate Fund without delay”, to include “the full running costs” and “the funding required for the formation and operating costs of the board and secretariat of the Green Climate Fund”. Here, as always, the UN bureaucrats want their own pay, perks, pensions and organizational structure guaranteed before any money goes to third-world countries.

Worldwide cap-and-trade: The draft establishes a “new market-based approach/mechanism … to promote the reduction or avoidance of greenhouse-gas emissions” – once again for Western countries only. Also, “Ambitious, legally-binding emission reduction targets for developed-country Parties … are essential to drive a global carbon market”. What this means, in the plain English that is almost entirely absent from the 138-page draft, is worldwide compulsory cap-and-trade, centrally imposed and regulated, imposed on Western countries only.

Patent rights: Under the guise of action to prevent “global warming” that is not happening at anything like the predicted rate, coded references to the extinction of patent rights in third-world countries are creeping into the text. For instance, “identification and removal of all barriers that prevent effective technology development and transfer to developing-country Parties”; and “the removal of all obstacles, including intellectual property rights and patents on climate-related technologies to ensure the transfer of technology to developing countries”. As an inventor with patents to my name, I can predict what effect any such provision will have. It will prevent the establishment and development of patent offices in continents such as Africa, which – thus far – has contributed remarkably little to the world’s inventions, not least because the structure for protecting and encouraging inventors is rickety or non-existent.

Shipping and aviation fuels were previously excluded from the scope of the Convention and are now to be included. International shipping and aviation are described as “a source of financial resources for climate change actions”. More money for UN bureaucrats.

The new bureaucracies: As though the 1000 bureaucracies created at Cancun were not enough, another bureaucracy is to be created “to oversee, monitor and ensure overall implementation of capacity-building activities consistent with the provisions of the Convention”. There will also be a new “International Climate Court of Justice” (see above). A “Financial Support Registry” is also to be set up.

The new special-interest group: Meet the “Parties that are alternative-energy-disadvantaged”. No wind, no sun, no renewables – so, handouts from the West, please.

The new buzzwords: Welcome to the notion of “equitable access to global atmospheric space”; “Mother Earth” [I kid you not: it's in the draft]; “climate-resilient infrastructure” and “paradigm shift towards building a low-carbon society”. These buzzwords are in addition to pre-existing buzzwords such as “climate justice” and “climate debt” – the latter being the notion that because the West has emitted more carbon dioxide than the rest it owes the Third World lots of money.

“Rights of Mother Earth”: The draft burbles insanely about “The recognition and defence of the rights of Mother Earth to ensure harmony between humanity and nature, and that there will be no commodification [whatever that may be] of the functions of nature, therefore no carbon market will be developed with that purpose”.

“Right to survive”: “The rights of some Parties to survive are threatened by the adverse impacts of climate change, including sea level rise.” At 2 inches per century? Oh, come off it! The Jason 2 satellite shows that sea-level has dropped over the past three years.

The science is at last to be reviewed in a manner that appears independent of the discredited IPCC. However, no details of the method of review are provided, and other parts of the schizophrenic draft say we must defer to the science put forward not by the peer-reviewed learned journals but by a political body whose reports are not peer-reviewed in the usual sense.

Legally-binding treaty: According to the draft, the aim is to create a “legally-binding instrument/outcome”. This is UN code for an international Treaty. The US will sign no such treaty. Nor will Canada, Japan, France, India and many other countries. On the basis of drafts as in-your-face idiotic as this, no legally-binding climate treaty will ever be signed: which is just as well, because no such treaty is necessary.

War and the maintenance of defence forces and equipment are to cease because they contribute to climate change. Just like that. The UN draft text asserts: “Stopping wars, defending lives and ceasing destructive activities will protect the climate system; conflict-related activities emit significant greenhouse gas emissions to the atmosphere.” A wave of the UN’s magic wand and peace will reign throughout the Earth, the sun will shine (but not too much) the rain will fall (just where and when needed), and non-gender-specific motherhood and non-commodificated apple pie will be available to all. Ouroborindra, ba-ba hee! It does not seem to have occurred to the Druids of the UN that they have near-totally failed to prevent wars on Earth – the original purpose for which it was founded. Yet now, in their gibbering, spastic arrogance, they think to command the weather. Canute, thou shouldst be living at this hour!

UN Calls For Eco-Fascist World Government At Durban Summit

Paul Joseph Watson | “International Climate Court of Justice” would force western nations to pay “climate debt”.

Marc Morano: World Government Built on Eco-Fascism to Control All

Infowars | Morano discusses the latest attempt to build world government on a foundation of eco-fascism.

Durban climate change: Talks descend into farce

London Telegraph | The UN’s Global Warming festival holiday junket is drifting further from reality

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS ON THE CRAZIES WHO WANT WORLD GOVERNMENT - Sunday, December 11, 2011

UN Calls For Eco-Fascist World Government At Durban Summit

Durban climate change: Talks descend into farce

China, Developing Nations Reject Copenhagen Climate Plan

US Senate defeats bid to gut climate efforts

Global Warming Hysteria: Pushing Rights of Nature at Durban

Obama Must Make Ambitious Climate Goals, UN Says

What Mainstream Media is Not Telling You about the Gulf Oil Cleanup

Paul McCartney Calls for Meat-Free Day to Cut Cow Gas

The new era of green taxes: Climate change targets to cost every household £500 a year

EU Seeks to Link Carbon Market with U.S.

Climate pact in jeopardy as China refuses to cut carbon emissions

Brown says Obama must attend climate change talks to avoid ‘catastrophe’ for the planet

Watch Alex Jones’ Landmark Documentary ‘Fall of the Republic’ in HQ Free Online - Sunday, December 11, 2011

You the people have to wake up this is about you and your children's enslavement.

Infowars.com
December 11, 2011

Watch Alex Jones’ landmark documentary, Fall of the Republic, in full HQ. This film is more important than ever as the crucial issues covered in it – the bankrupting of the U.S. economy by offshore banksters and the unswerving implementation of a scientific dictatorship – are now coming to pass as Jones predicted in 2009.

Fall Of The Republic documents how an offshore corporate cartel is bankrupting the US economy by design. Leaders are now declaring that world government has arrived and that the dollar will be replaced by a new global currency.

President Obama has brazenly violated Article 1 Section 9 of the US Constitution by seating himself at the head of United Nations' Security Council, thus becoming the first US president to chair the world body.

A scientific dictatorship is in its final stages of completion, and laws protecting basic human rights are being abolished worldwide; an iron curtain of high-tech tyranny is now descending over the planet.

A worldwide regime controlled by an unelected corporate elite is implementing a planetary carbon tax system that will dominate all human activity and establish a system of neo-feudal slavery.

The image makers have carefully packaged Obama as the world's savior; he is the Trojan Horse manufactured to pacify the people just long enough for the globalists to complete their master plan.

This film reveals the architecture of the New World Order and what the power elite have in store for humanity. More importantly it communicates how We The People can retake control of our government, turn the criminal tide and bring the tyrants to justice. A film by Alex jones.

Lord Christopher Monckton: The Coming New International Climate Court - Saturday, December 10, 2011

Infowars.com
December 10, 2011

Alex is joined by Lord Christopher Monckton to discuss the latest attempt to build world government on a foundation of eco-fascism.

Specifically, Monckton writes that the summit aims include: “A new International Climate Court will have the power to compel Western nations to pay ever-larger sums to third-world countries in the name of making reparation for supposed “climate debt”. The Court will have no power over third-world countries. Here and throughout the draft, the West is the sole target. “The process” is now irredeemably anti-Western.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

UN Conference Calls for Worldwide Genocide Against Poor: Infowars Nightly News - Friday, December 09, 2011

Aaron Dykes
Infowars News.com
December 9, 2011

Tonight’s Friday, December 9, 2011 edition of the Infowars Nightly News brings an exclusive and damning look at the United Nation’s climate talks in Durbin, which aims to put nations under carbon-based debt and commit genocidal policies against the poor. Alex is joined by Lord Christopher Monckton and Climate Depot’s Mark Morano to discuss the latest attempt to build world government on a foundation of eco-fascism.

In other news, another unsettling sign post has cropped up in the wake of the Senate’s passage of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA), as the Army has now reportedly designated a special prison guard unit for securing ‘civilian detainees.’ A similar job posting was advertised under the National Guard in 2009, which Infowars reported on at the time. Only days ago, leaked documents from inside KBR, a Halliburton subsidiary, announced the activation of FEMA camps, with calls to staff a wide array of services inside the temporary emergency facilities.

Later, Alex will interview ‘Don Jon’ Corzine about the his testimony before Congress about the missing funds at the now defunct MF Global over which he once presided. The former Goldman Sach’s CEO, New Jersey governor and senator was subpoenaed to testify, though many observers consider it to have been merely a formality. Like other top elites who have appeared on this program, or otherwise been discussed, ‘Don Jon’ is “sorry” for his role in breaking down society and propping up a ponzi scheme. Former President Bill Clinton has also been connected with MF Global, as one of his advisory firms was found to receive $50,000 per month from MF.

Alex will cover a host of other topics as well, including:

Obama Administration Launches Major Anti-terror Propaganda Offensive

Bush Press Secretary Calls Ron Paul “Nuts” Following 9/11 “Glee” Comments

Risk of Israel/U.S. strike on Iran has tripled: Barclays Capital

Moscow sees ‘no military component’ in Iran’s nuclear program

DHS Shut Down Blog For A Year On False Pretenses

Ron Paul Dominates Favorable Twitter Election Coverage

House Republicans look to ‘strip’ TSA screeners of their ‘officer’ title

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

MF Global Swindle: House Committee Not Likely to Play Hardball with Corzine - Thursday, December 08, 2011

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
December 8, 2011

Editor’s note: Following opening statement at Corzine’s House hearing, the video and audio feed on C-Span went mysteriously dead.

It looks like John Corzine’s appearance before a House committee will be little more than a formality. Corzine, the former Goldman Sach’s CEO, New Jersey governor, and boss of MF Global days before it went toes up and made off with $1.2 billion in customer money, is expected to say little or nothing and take the Fifth.

For five years, Jon Corzine embodied one of the most prestigious positions in Washington: U.S. senator. On Thursday, he is scheduled to return to Capitol Hill in a humbled and humiliating role: a star witness likely to invoke the Fifth Amendment. (Dec. 8)

Corzine has retained Andrew Levander, a hired high-powered white-collar criminal defense lawyer, the New York Post reported yesterday. Sources told the newspaper Levander advised Corzine not to tell his side of the story during the House grilling today.

The former MF Global boss has apologized to customers swindled out of money.

The MF Global implosion is the largest since the 2008 bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers, in part triggered by $6 billion in gambling on European sovereign debt.

“I simply do not know where the money is, or why the accounts have not been reconciled to date,” he declared in a written statement. He said he was not sure if there were “operational errors at MF Global or elsewhere, or whether banks and counterparties have held onto funds that should rightfully have been returned to MF Global.”

According to the Associated Press, Corzine will tell Congress he inherited a firm doomed by the risks his predecessors took. Since his resignation from MF Global, Corzine will argue, he hasn’t had access to certain information he might need to “reconstruct the events that occurred during the chaotic days and the last hours leading up to the bankruptcy filing.”

According to Gerald Celente and others swindled by MF Global, Corzine should be arrested, jailed, and put on trial like any other accused felon.

Celente insists that Corzine is not in jail “because he is busy holding 35 thousand dollars a plate dinners for Obama fund raisers… he was slated to be the new US treasury secretary after the brilliant Timothy Geithner left if Obama wins the next term.”

Earlier this year, Corzine was rumored as a possible replacement for the embattled Timothy Geithner at the Treasury.

As Luke Matthews notes, it is not likely Corzine will ever see the inside of a prison cell. He is well connected politically and it is not likely the House or Senate will play hardball with him. Most of the recipients of $111,500 in contributions from Corzine and his relatives since he lost the 2009 election were national committees or U.S. Senate candidates in other states, including $1,000 to Sen. Amy Klobuchar, a Minnesota Democrat who voted to give the Senate Agriculture Committee the authority to subpoena Corzine.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Occupation Nation: US cops serve & protect the 1% - Wednesday, December 07, 2011

Police Terrorism is on the rise in the US

American anti-corporate Occupy protesters are being allowed back into a New Orleans park, after getting permission from a federal judge. A lawmaker has already called for an investigation into claims of police misconduct in dealing with activists. The movement shows no sign of dying down across America, with thousands demonstrating nearly three months after the first protests in New York. The heavy police presence isn't being scaled back either, as Marina Portnaya reports.

Detention Camp Order Follows Preparations For Civil Unrest

U.S. authorities are preparing for such eventualities on home soil, with major police departments like the NYPD staging “mobilization exercises” to train police to prepare for civil disorder in the United States. Warnings and preparation for civil unrest coming to the United States have been voiced on a regular basis The Anglosphere power elite that apparently wants to run the world (formally) is using the current economic chaos to prepare fundamental, Draconian “reforms” to the way US business and investing works The control freaks that run the U.S. government are busy imposing their values on all the rest of us, and most Americans have absolutely no idea what is happening. The Obama administration and members of Congress are engaged in radical social engineering, and they are trying to reshape America so that it conforms to their own twisted vision of “morality”. Instead of focusing on fixing the economy and administering the government, these sick control freaks actually want to fundamentally alter what Americans believe to be right and wrong. There is no denying that the U.S. government has a “morality agenda”, it is just not the kind of “morality agenda” that we are all used to thinking of. Sadly, our leaders are spending huge amounts of money and going into lots more debt in an attempt to impose a certain code of morality on the American people and the rest of the world

New paedophilia and bestiality scandal compromises the CDC - Monday, December 05, 2011

Patrick Henningsen
Infowars.com
December 5, 2011

A series of high-profile paedophilia scandals have unfolded across the country in recent months, where each new revelation is more shocking and disturbing than the one before it.

It should be clear by now to any doubters after the recent uncovering of paedophilia horrors surrounding Penn State University’s football program and Syracuse University’s Basketball program - that indeed, America has a national epidemic on its hands.

One major feature of this particular heinous crime is that it is mostly hidden from public view because incidents occur under the shadow of well-established institutions who help to shield perpetrators from publicity by handling reports through internal affairs, or by simply turning a blind eye to known abuses, always in ‘the best interests of the institution’. In this way, a government or educational institution allows abusers to escape full reciprocity for their crimes.

The largest known institution to suffer such an epidemic is undoubtedly the Catholic Church, able to cover its own internal affairs for generations. Taxpayer-funded institutions are even more diabolical though, as crimes and the covering of crimes are inadvertently funded and maintained by a society collectively. For this reason, it is right to suspect that there are hundreds, if not thousands of Jerry Sanduskys and Bernie Fines carrying out deviant acts on innocent children every day across the United States - and under the protection of their respective institutions.

This leads us to one of the most bizarre incidents of recent, still yet to reach any full explanation, or legal conclusion.

Dr Kimberly Quinlan Lindsey, a senior government scientist from the Center for Disease Control (CDC) in Atlanta facing multiple child molestation and bestiality charges only months before, was quietly allowed to return to her high-powered post at the US gevernment agency.

Dr Lindsey and her live-in boyfriend, 42-year-old Thomas Westerman, who was a resource management specialist with the CDC, were both charged with ‘immoral and indecent’ sex acts with a a six-year-old boy, along with an additional charge of bestiality for Ms. Quinlan – derived from incriminating photographs revealed to local police.

The alleged incidents took place between Jan. 1, 2010, and Aug. 22 at Dr Lindsey’s Decatur, Georgia residence. Both were allowed to go free on bail in October this year. Oddly, there is little or no mention to date as to who this six-year old boy is, or any statement alluding to his legal guardianship.

According to a recent report in the Atlanta Journal Constitution, Dr Lindsey has returned to work as deputy director for the Laboratory Science Policy and Practice Program Office – overseeing the Office of Surveillance, Epidemiology and Laboratory Services.

In the past she has also received a number of awards and commendations, and received her post-graduate degree from next door Emory University.

In most cases, professional persons facing such serious charges would be suspended from work pending the outcome of a trial, particularly if they are employed in a public office or agency. Not in this case however, and the public agency in question did not feel it had to justify its decision to reactivate Dr Lindsey to the CDC:

“Calls to Westerman’s attorney, Reid Thompson, and to a CDC spokesman seeking comment were not returned. The agency typically does not discuss personnel matters.”

It is unclear what this means in terms of her relationship with the CDC, but the protocol is unusual. Questions from skeptics may be asked about what programs Dr Lindsey is involved with at the agency.

It is common knowledge to many Americans already that the CDC works in collusion with the world’s major pharmaceutical corporations to roll out various vaccine products, most notably the notorious Swine Flu scare in 2009, and a clandestine programs to track ‘flu vaccine compliance’ at the local level.

Previously, Dr Lindsey was a senior health scientist in the Office of Public Health Preparedness and Response, overseeing the allocation process for $1.5 billion in ‘terrorism preparedness’. At that time, a number of scandals had rocked the CDC. Most notably, there was a massive government investment to prepare for biological attacks. The CDC was in charge of supplying emergency ‘Chem Packs’ for millions of Americans, part of the National Pharmaceutical Stockpile of antidotes against supposed chemical weapons meant to be unleashed by al-Qaeda all over America. Naturally, such events dreamed-up by government never came to fruition, so the only beneficiary of this national exercise was the pharmaceutical corporations who won that CDC contract.

Even worse, however, are claims at the time that many of the so-called ‘terror preparation’ material was paid for by taxpayers, but genuine products never actually delivered. A lack of oversight and proper auditing has led to hundreds of billions of dollars, and even trillions of dollars disappearing into budget black holes in the US since 2000. The War on Terror is possibly the biggest-ever gravy train in US history, one that is is still moving ahead to this day.

But the CDC’s involvement in staged bio-events may go even deeper than this, as charges have been made against it, and the World Health Organization, along with pharma giants Baxter and Novartis, offering proof that the pharmaceutical companies and international government agencies themselves are actively engaged in developing, manufacturing and distributing biological agents classified as the most deadly bio-weapons on earth in order to trigger a pandemic and cause mass death.

Was Dr Lindsey going to go public with something? Was she too valuable to get rid of? This may explain why the CDC had to get her back in line. Or is the CDC attempting to cover-up a wider paedophilia and child abuse ring linked to its own protected institution?

Pending the outcome of her trail in 2012, however, we can only speculate as to what actually happened involving charges of paedophilia.

One thing is certain though, and that is there will be increasing pressure on the CDC to explain why Dr Lindsey has already returned to her post.

One would also hope that there will also be increased pressure on the media to report crimes of institution-linked child abuse- a crime which we are now aware is happening every day across America.

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Nigeria to charge Cheney in pipeline bribery scandal

About That New Jersey Organ Scandal

Senator Graham’s Gay Scandal Goes National and Viral

European Parliament to Investigate WHO and “Pandemic” Scandal

The Herman Cain Sex Scandal Is Going To Reveal If Character Still Matters To The Republican Party

Documents Suggest New ATF Gun Running Scandal in Indiana

SOLARGATE: Obama’s Big Green Scandal That Won’t Go Away

CIA Scandal Erupts

Pat Buchanan: IMF Sex Scandal “A Bad Day For The New World Order”

Baxter To Develop Swine Flu Vaccine Despite Bird Flu Scandal

Dominique Strauss-Kahn linked to French prostitution scandal

WHO scandal exposed: Advisors received kickbacks from H1N1 vaccine manufacturers

PM HARPER A SCUMBAG - U.S.-Canadian Border Deal to Streamline GMO Approval: Confirmed - Saturday, December 03, 2011

Border Deal Would Put Canadians Under U.S. Food Safety Modernization Act
Canada-U.S. Regulatory Co-operation Council under border deal coverage would put Canada under draconian Food Safety Modernization Act, fast track GMO approval.

Aaron Dykes
Infowars.com
December 3, 2011

Our report sounding the alarm that Obama and Harper’s secretive border deal, due to be signed next week, would be used to fast track GMO acceptance has been confirmed. The details have been kept under wraps, but recent reports revealed that the ‘Beyond Borders’ security and law enforcement deal would also seek to ‘harmonize’ U.S. and Canadian regulatory standards for food, auto and other trade sectors.

The Globe and Mail confirms that the North American Union security perimeter initiative, sold to the public as new security measures at the border, has a second major component– the Canada-U.S. Regulatory Co-operation Council.

Mr. Harper… said there are two issues on the joint security and economic agenda of the two countries. One, he said, is the border and perimeter initiative, and the other is Canada-U.S. Regulatory Co-operation Council.
“We are seeking ways of ensuring security in North America while at the same time making sure that we continue strong Canadian access to the American market,” Mr. Harper told reporters.

This will encompass far more than just the terms under which food can cross the border– it will put approval for biotechnology on a fast track in both countries and impose FDA and other regulations on both countries.

The agenda of the Canada-U.S. Regulatory Co-operation Council was quietly announced in February 2011, putting explicit focus on the implementation of the U.S. Food Safety Modernization Act requirements under the larger Perimeter Security and Economic Competitiveness agenda. That nightmarish legislation was heavily criticized for new authority it grants the U.S. government over the right to grow, trade and transport foods of any kind.

In other words, it is poised to boost the reach of Big Agra and biotech firms at the expense of small farmers and ordinary people.

Now, under the new Obama-Harper deal, Canada, too, would accept this tyranny over food.

Specifically, the Canada-U.S. Regulatory Cooperative Council (under “free” trade) would establish a joint review process for pre-market GMO approval, establish a policy for the acceptance and export of LLPs (Low-Level Presence contamination of genetically modified foods bans in country of export) and recommends eliminating mandatory country of origin labeling, and more.

From the report:

Biotechnology
Establish a joint review process or a Mutual Recognition Agreement for biotechnology product approvals to facilitate synchronized approvals.
Establish a common policy for dealing with low level presence (LLP) of unapproved biotechnology products (e.g., harmonized risk assessments and acceptance of LLP already commercially available in the other country).

A 2004 symposium on Canada-U.S. Regulatory Co-operation even recommends outright acceptance of U.S. food standards: The Health Products and Food Branch is now considering a risk-based approach to regulatory co-operation, which might entail accepting or referencing decisions made by the US Food and Drug Administration and other regulators for low-risk products.

With U.S. regulatory agencies filled with revolving door stooges like FDA Deputy Commissioner for Foods Michael R. Taylor, formerly a Vice President at Monsanto and long a go-between for biotech and government regulations, there is little doubt what direction such a “harmonization” of food regulations, including FDA recommendations, would mean under the ‘Beyond Borders’ deal.

President Obama and Prime Minister Stephen Harper are scheduled to meet one-on-one next Wednesday to discuss and sign the deal… then its details will finally be revealed to the world.

—-

Perimeter Security and Economic Competitiveness: Regulatory Cooperation – A Report on the Consultations on Regulatory Cooperation Between Canada and the United States

Read PDF here or web version here. Excerpt from p. 25

Appendix 2: Specific Proposals by Sector
Agriculture and Food
Food Safety Systems

Develop common approaches to food safety requirements and policies, aligning new regulations and guidance—specifically, implementation of the U.S. Food Safety Modernization Act requirements.
Mutually recognize food safety systems.
Improve the effectiveness of meat-safety-system equivalency agreements (i.e., eliminate or minimize re-inspections of product and microbial testing at the border).
Accept industry-led standards and programs that are based on international standards (e.g., the Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point, or HACCP).
Harmonize approvals for food-safety-enhancing products and technology used in processing (e.g., packaging materials, anti-microbial interventions, testing methodologies and processes, sanitation, and maintenance chemicals and equipment).
Biotechnology
Establish a joint review process or a Mutual Recognition Agreement for biotechnology product approvals to facilitate synchronized approvals.
Establish a common policy for dealing with low level presence (LLP) of unapproved biotechnology products (e.g., harmonized risk assessments and acceptance of LLP already commercially available in the other country).
Agricultural Inputs
Building on significant collaboration to date, align pre-market approval processes and data requirements for crop protection products (i.e., pesticides, seed treatments) to facilitate joint reviews and assessments and improve re-evaluation and re-registration processes.
Resolve discrepancies in maximum residue limits for crop protection products.
Modify the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) notice-of-arrival process to remove the advance notification requirement for products that are already EPA-registered.
Harmonize the approval process for veterinary drugs, including the establishment of maximum residue limits.
Labelling, Packaging and Product Content
Align nutritional labelling formats and content (e.g., nutrient definitions, required values, daily recommended intakes).
Harmonize approaches to allowed health claims.
Align standards for discretionary fortification of foods.
Develop uniform labelling requirements (e.g., quality specifications, method of production claims, glycemic index labelling).
Adopt a common approach to the nomenclature of meat cuts.
Eliminate or amend U.S. mandatory country-of-origin labelling requirements.
Align container size requirements (infant food, bottled and canned goods).

——-

Globalist Border Security Deal in Works Between U.S. and Canada

Nations finally agree on GM food labelling under UN rules

Secret U.S.-Canada Border Deal Hides GMO Takeover

U.S., Mexico to Set up Group to Deal with Cross-Border Issue

The Great Wall of America: US considering building fence on northern Canadian border

U.S. eyes fencing along Canadian border

New rule puts U.S. Coast Guard in Canadian waters

9/11 Activist Harassed at Canadian Border for Flyer

Canadian Woman Sues U.S. Customs and Border Protection for Strip Search

Journalists Detained, Deported at Canadian Border

Canadian sues claiming groping, strip search abuse at U.S. border

GM lobby helped draw up crucial report on Britain’s food supplies

Secret U.S.-Canada Border Deal Hides GMO Takeover - Thursday, December 01, 2011

TREASON IS CANADA

U.S.-Canada agreement beyond just borders, ‘streamlines and harmonizes’ food and auto regulations under North American Union corporate agenda.

Aaron Dykes
Infowars.com
December 1, 2011

The secret deal merges many aspects of each nation’s law enforcement and terrorism efforts, allowing authorities to operate on the opposite side of the border while beefing up border check surveillance. But there’s much more that we don’t yet know.

U.S. President Barack Obama and Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper are set to meet next week in order to sign a thus-far secretive “Beyond Borders” pact between the United States and Canada– and surprisingly, the deal will mean not only new practices in border security, law enforcement and counter-terrorism but also in standards for food production, trade and commerce.

The 32-point border perimeter plan is clearly part of the North American Union agenda, but many observers also believe it will open the doors to many GM crops now banned in Canada and enhance the positions of dominant corporate players. However, the details of the agreement remain secret and will only be revealed once both heads of state sign the deal– negating the necessary process of public feedback and consent.

CTV describes the new joint effort’s leaked plan for “a new entry-exit control system that will allow the United States to track everyone coming and leaving Canada by air, land and sea.” Further, it would facilitate a merging of authorities on both sides of the border. The Toronto Star writes, “U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder revealed last fall that the deal will authorize Canada and the U.S. to designate officers who can take part in police investigations on both sides of the border.”

While the Canadian press has rightfully focused on the massive power grab and privacy concerns posed by the new system (Privacy Commissioner Jennifer Stoddart expressed concern, stating that “she hasn’t been consulted on the project”), the deal will also have enormous impact on trade and industry, especially food.

CTV writes:

The 32-point plan also features more than just new border-crossing protocols… In fact, both nations plan to streamline and harmonize regulations in the automotive and food sectors.

While the immediate impact for the auto sector could mean, among other items, the adoption of “U.S. crash-testing standards for seat belts and built-in child booster seats,” there are scant details on what it would mean for food. However, many critics of the deal are concerned that it would eliminate barriers for aggressive biotech firms like Monsanto, who’ve thus far received a less than warm welcome in the great northern nation.

The Council of Canadians, a citizens action group, obviously fears an unwelcome invasion of biotechnology after monitoring announcements about the clandestine deal, writing:

“What kind of ‘regulatory alignment’ might we expect to see as a result of the Beyond the Border action plan? …the biotechnology industry association asked that both countries adopt ‘consistent science-based processes that would significantly decrease the time required for authorization of biotech crops and their products’; …several US agricultural groups asked for harmonization of the maximum permissible pesticide residue levels for produce.”

While GMO corn has gained acceptance in Canada already, farmers and activists have successfully fought or delayed the approval and entry of numerous other GMOs, including Monsanto’s recombinant bovine growth hormone (rBGH), GM alfalfa and have effected a court-ordered investigation of the effects of pesticides on amphibians, including Monsanto’s Round-up.

Monsanto vs. The Canadian Wheat Board

But the most notable victory against GMOs may be wheat, a major export in Canada worth more than $3 billion per year. It is the Canadian Wheat Board that got credit for fighting Monsanto against the potential effects of wheat contamination for the vast industry, and effectively prevented its entry into Canada.

“It has the potential to virtually destroy the $3.5-billion industry in Western Canada,” said Ian McCreary, a farmer and a director with the Canadian Wheat Board back in 2003.

By coincidence, the powerful Canadian Wheat Board was dismantled earlier this week, with many farmers now concerned about changes in market dynamics, and the potential for Big Agra corporations to move in.

Member of Parliament for the NDP, Romeo Saganash, writes this week:

The Wheat Board decision is just the beginning. They are coming after the dairy and egg boards. They won’t be satisfied until Viterra and Cargill and Monsanto control every bit of farmland in this country.

Globalism Breaks Agricultural Tariffs

The fate of the wheat board may well relate to the recent Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) meetings, further integrating global trade and making non-membership a hazard to exports. QMI agency reported that “critics recently jumped the gun when they reported that the Harper government was prepared to bargain away supply managed sectors of the agricultural economy in the TransPacific trade talks.”

And yet the trend appears to be there. While the Obama and Harper administrations are working the U.S.-Canada ‘Beyond Borders’ agreement in secret, both are openly courting the Trans-Pacific Partnership talks to decide the Asian markets. Pacific trade would be tied to new openings in the wheat market, and observers say the tariff protected egg, chicken and dairy markets could be next:

Given the federal government’s ongoing attempt to dismantle the Canadian Wheat Board, it wouldn’t be a huge philosophical leap for them to agree to change the way the dairy and poultry industries work.

Indeed, Canadian papers are full of discussion on the topic, with pro-globalism articles blasting the country’s food tariffs and praising the new “freedom” for farmers no longer bound to the wheat board system, always with an eye on dairy and poultry.

Critics say consumers pay a heavy price for the protectionist policy, and they argue Canada won’t be able to strike an aggressive free-trade deal with Asia-Pacific countries because of strong objections from Canada’s trade partners who oppose the supply management system.
They also have argued it is inconsistent for Ottawa to liberalize western wheat markets while maintaining the protectionist system for the dairy, poultry and egg producers.

GMO Contamination As a Rationale for Market Penetration

Adding to this perfect storm to blast open the gates for the benefit of private biotech firms is a growing debate currently taking place in Canada and other parts of the world over the “low level presence” of GMOs– a buzzword being used in attempt to allow the importation of non-GMO crops contaminated at a low level with GM crops in countries that have banned GMOs. Take for example this analysis from a European Commission research center:

This study addresses a new issue in the commercialization of GM crops, namely the occurrence of traces—or “low-level presence” (LLP)—of nationally unapproved GM material in crop imports. The commercialization of GM crops is a regulated activity, and countries have different authorization procedures. Hence, new GM crops are not approved simultaneously. This “asynchronous approval” (AA), in combination with a “zero-tolerance” policy towards LLP, is of growing concern for its potential economic impact on international trade.

Once again the banner of globalism and “free trade” will put pressure for acceptance of GM crops. The LLP angle is a great half-measure and camel’s nose under the tent.

Farmers are rightfully outraged at the trend. This op-ed printed at BClocalnews.com cites the threat it poses to the growth of organic farming in Canada, cited here at an astounding overall industrial growth rate of 20 percent per year.

I am writing to state my strong opposition to federal government plans to allow so-called “Low Level Presence” of unapproved genetically engineered (GE or genetically modified, GM) foods in the Canadian food supply. This plan would not only undermine the work of Health Canada, but would undermine the entire organic agriculture industry in Canada, which is a major part of the overall industry and which is growing at about 20 per cent per year… It is unacceptable that our government would allow a percentage of GM foods into Canada that have not been approved by Health Canada.

What precise impact the looming U.S.-Canadian border pact will have for the food industry remains to be seen, but it is clear that the trend will have important consequences not only for the loss of sovereignty in both Canada and America, but for long-term health. The European Commission study found a huge growth curve for the presence and acceptability of genetically-modified crops on the global scene:

To forecast the future evolution of this issue, we compiled a global pipeline of GM crops that may be commercialized by 2015… While currently there are about 30 commercial GM crops with different transgenic events worldwide, it is expected that by 2015 there will be more than 120.

Clearly, the amount of successful resistance to GMOs among Canadians has posed a problem for biotech. So-called “free trade” agreements that actually form cooperative blocs, including the U.S. Canada effort and the concurrent Trans-Pacific Partnership, aid in breaking down the barriers of local resistance to trans-national agricultural planning. Biotech corporations are all to likely to seize upon this change, with sights on untapped Canadian markets.

Canada-US Border Deal Threatens Sovereignty

TRANSCRIPT AND SOURCES: http://www.corbettreport.com/?p=2659

A proposed cross-border deal between Canada and the US is expected to be unveiled in the coming weeks. The Canadian government admits that the agreement includes plans to share security-related information, but says it is consulting with the privacy commissioner to ensure that Canadian interests are "protected and promtoted."

Learn the historical context of this agreement and the moves over the last several years toward the formation of a continental security perimeter on this week's edition of GRTV's "Behind the Headlines."

HEAD LINE NEWS LINKS

Globalist Border Security Deal in Works Between U.S. and Canada

Canada will pay a steep price in border talks

New U.S.-Canada border plan raises privacy concerns

Tighter border hurts economy, officials say

U.S.-Canada border could get security upgrades

Canada Declares BPA Toxic. Why Isn’t the US Following Suit?

Official foolishness — fencing the U.S.-Canada border

Canada firm on quitting Afghanistan by 2011

Audio: Couple Harassed on U.S.-Canada Border

Secret Cold War plan included mass detentions

Canada and Mexico to Join U.S. in NAFTA of the Pacific

USDA to allow Monsanto to perform its own GMO studies

In Modern America, Questioning War Is Considered Terrorism - Tuesday, November 29, 2011

Washington’s Blog
Tuesday, November 29, 2011

Being Anti-War Is Labeled Terrorism

I noted last year:

According to the Department of Justice’s Inspector General (via AP), the FBI spied on an anti-war rally in Pittsburgh sponsored by a nonviolent anti-war and anti-discrimination group, pretending it was preventing terrorism:
The FBI gave inaccurate information to Congress and the public when it claimed a possible terrorism link to justify surveilling an anti-war rally in Pittsburgh, the Justice Department’s inspector general said Monday in a report on the bureau’s scrutiny of domestic activist groups.
Inspector General Glenn Fine said the FBI had no reason to expect that anyone of interest in a terrorism investigation would be present at the 2002 event sponsored by the Thomas Merton Center, a nonviolent anti-war and anti-discrimination group.
The surveillance was “an ill-conceived project on a slow work day,” the IG stated in a study of several FBI domestic terrorism probes of people affiliated with organizations such as Greenpeace and the Catholic Worker.
Earlier, in statements to Congress and in a press release, the FBI had described the surveillance as related to a terrorism investigation.
***
The FBI has broad definitions that enable it to classify matters as domestic terrorism that actually are trespassing or vandalism, the inspector general said.
Regarding the Pittsburgh rally, controversy erupted in 2006 over whether the FBI had spied on protesters at the event several years earlier because of their anti-war views.

Promoters of peace in Maryland, Minneapolis, Chicago and elsewhere were also considered potential terrorists, as was an individual Quaker peace activist.

The Inspector General’s report confirms that – at least in some instances – anti-war views werespecifically targeted:

The report concluded that, while the FBI probes were not generally predicated simply on the views of the targets, at least one FBI field office was focused on a group “as a result of its anti-war views.” It also found that “FBI agents and supervisors sometimes provided the [Office of the Inspector General] with speculative, after-the-fact rationalizations for their prior decisions to open investigations that we did not find persuasive.”

In addition, anti-war websites like AntiWar.com are listed on various terrorist watchlists: see number 16 here, and number 37 here.

AntiWar’s sin? It is (according to the watchlists):

An unusual site, essentially an isolationist right-wing/libertarian site consciouslydesigned to appeal to anti-war activists from the left as well.

The irony, of course, is:

Americans want to put a stop to perpetual warfare:
Ron Paul is [partly] gaining popularity because he is against the never-ending War On Terror, and wants to bring the troops home. Americans are sick of the never-ending, ever-creeping war. See this, this and this.
As Talking Points Memo reported earlier this month:
“…Only about a quarter say the wars in Iraq (26%) and Afghanistan (25%) have lessened the chances of terrorist attacks in the United States,” the Pew report reads. “In both cases majorities say the wars either have increased the risk of terrorism in this country or made no difference.”
Top American military leaders agree, saying that the war on terror has weakened our national security [and it was planned before 9/11, and has little to do with terrorism.]
And a CBS News poll from November 11th found:
Three-quarters of Americans support US withdrawal from Iraq.
Two-thirds of Americans believe the Iraq War was not worth fighting.
Half of Americans oppose US involvement in Libya.
More than half of Americans want to end the war in Afghanistan.
Seventy per cent of Americans do not support military intervention to change dictatorships into democracies.
55% of Americans say Iran can be contained via diplomacy.
Only 15% of Americans support military intervention in Iran.

And Nobel-prize winning economists say war is destroying our economy.

Top American military and intelligence leaders, economists and the majority of Americans, by this logic, must be terrorists.

Nazi leader Hermann Goering’s famous statement is relevant to this issue:

Why of course the people don’t want war … But after all it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy, and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist dictatorship … Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is to tell them they are being attacked, anddenounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country.

Is Everyone Who Criticizes the Government a Terrorist?

Of course, anti-war protesters shouldn’t take it too personally, since they are in good company:

According to Department of Defense training manuals, protest is considered “low-level terrorism”. And see this, this and this.
***
The government is also using anti-terrorism laws to keep people from learning what pollutants are in their own community. See this, this, this and this.
Claims of “national security” are also used to keep basic financial information – such as who got bailout money – secret. That might not bode for particularly warm and friendly treatment for someone persistently demanding the release of such information.
The state of Missouri tried to label as terrorists current Congressman Ron Paul and his supporters, former Congressman Bob Barr, libertarians in general, anyone who holds gold, and a host of other people.
***
And according to a law school professor, pursuant to the Military Commissions Act:
Anyone who … speaks out against the government’s policies could be declared an “unlawful enemy combatant” and imprisoned indefinitely. That includes American citizens.
***
Government apologists are also eager to label anyone “taking a cynical stance toward politics, mistrusting authority, endorsing democratic practices, … and displaying an inquisitive, imaginative outlook” as worthy of a Stalinist trip to the insane asylum.

The North American Fraud and Scam on Canada - Tuesday, November 29, 2011

Canada and Mexico to Join U.S. in NAFTA of the Pacific

Dana Gabriel
Be Your Own Leader
November 29, 2011

At the recent APEC meetings, Canada and Mexico announced their interest in joining the U.S., along with other countries already engaged in negotiations to establish what has been referred to as the NAFTA of the Pacific.

The leaders of the nine countries that are part of the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) met at the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) summit in Hawaii and agreed on the broad outlines of a free trade agreement. The current members include the U.S., Australia, New Zealand, Malaysia, Vietnam, Singapore, Brunei, Peru and Chile. The TPP has been hailed as a, “landmark, 21st-century trade agreement, setting a new standard for global trade and incorporating next-generation issues.” Key features of the TPP are that it would provide comprehensive market access and be a fully regional agreement designed to facilitate the development of production and supply chains.

Various working groups have been discussing issues such as financial services, government procurement, intellectual property, investment, rules of origin, telecommunications and trade remedies. The next round of talks will take place in December and there are hopes of concluding negotiations before the end of 2012. Apart from Canada and Mexico, Japan has also expressed interest in being part of the TPP. The door is also open for other countries to join which is why many consider it to be a building block for an Asia-Pacific free trade zone.

Following the APEC forum, President Barack Obama held a bilateral meeting with Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper. Originally, it was scheduled to be a North American Leaders Summit, but Mexican President Felipe Calderon could not attend due to the death of Interior Minister Francisco Blake Mora. According to a Readout by the Press Secretary, the leaders look forward to a rescheduled trilateral summit. During his meeting with Prime Minister Harper, President Obama, “noted the important progress being made on the Beyond the Border and Regulatory Cooperation initiatives.” He invited Harper to Washington in early December where an action plan that would work towards a North American security perimeter could finally be released. Both leaders also discussed the announcement by the State Department to seek additional information regarding the Keystone XL Pipeline project. A final ruling on the pipeline which would carry oil from western Canada to the gulf coast of Texas will not be made until after the November 2012 presidential election. The move has prompted Canada to further diversify its trade ties and shift its focus on the Asia-Pacific region.

The decision by Japan to begin consultations with TPP countries, followed by the news that Canada and Mexico are also seeking to join negotiations, has given the trade agreement a real boost. U.S. Trade Representative Ron Kirk welcomed their interest and stated, “Along with Japan’s similar announcement this week, the desire of these North American nations to consult with TPP partners demonstrates the broadening momentum and dynamism of this ambitious effort toward economic integration across the Pacific.” Minister of International Trade Ed Fast reaffirmed Canada’s commitment to advancing economic interests in the Asia-Pacific region. He acknowledged, “We recognize the TPP as a means to further strengthen those ties and contribute to what promises to become a broadly-based vehicle for economic integration in the region.” The report, Canada, China, and Rising Asia: A Strategic Proposal released in October, recommended joining the TPP as the most efficient way to deepen integration with other Asian economies, providing that the Canadian government reforms the supply management system.

Canada has previously expressed interest in the TPP, but supply management has proven to be stumbling block. The practice which has been in place for decades sets production quotas for dairy, egg and poultry farmers and protects them with import tariffs. In a recent speech, New Zealand Trade Minister Tim Groser raised questions about Canada’s application to join TPP negotiations. He admitted, “Dairy will be very challenging for Canada. This is a statement of fact. Canada follows a policy that many Governments used to follow but most have moved forward. It is called ‘supply management.’ It is completely inconsistent with tariff elimination.” As far as benchmarks go, Groser confirmed that there are questions that TPP countries will ask when considering new applicants such as whether, “we see clear evidence of a matching commitment to attain a high-quality agreement across all chapters, including the most sensitive matters.” He maintained that, “There is a very strict dress code involved and we are going to be stuffy and old fashioned in enforcing it. When our Leaders said ‘eliminate’ tariffs and other direct barriers to imports, they meant it.” Some have hinted that TPP negotiations could be used to expand NAFTA.

The Harper government maintains that it will promote and defend Canadian interests, but there are concerns that supply management could be used as a bargaining chip to secure a spot in the TPP. In his article, Is Harper putting dairy and poultry protection on the table in trade talks?, Steven Chase reported that, “A former senior Canadian trade official said expanding trade with Asia is not the Harper government’s only reason for joining the Trans-Pacific talks.” He goes on to say, “John Weekes, Canada’s chief NAFTA negotiator, said Ottawa can’t afford to be left out of talks that appear to be offering signatories a deeper economic relationship with the U.S. than can be found in the North American free-trade agreement.” Weekes is also quoted as saying, “What we’re talking about here – if it really does become what Obama says it will be – is we’re renegotiating NAFTA in the same way we renegotiated the Canada-U.S. FTA.” Another NAFTA-style agreement poses a serious threat to economic sovereignty. There are fears that U.S. could use the TPP to open up the Canadian telecom market and its banking sector to more foreign financial services.

In his article, neglecting-our-north-american.html”>We’re neglecting our North American neighbors, Robert Pastor described the TPP as a flawed strategy and stressed that the road to completing an agreement would be long. He explained Canada and Mexico’s decision to join the TPP, “as a defensive measure to ensure that they protect what they gained from NAFTA.” He also stated, “Obama should give priority to forging a seamless market with Canada and Mexico. But for the second time in two years, the North American leaders postponed their summit without setting a new date.” Pastor conceded that, “The three leaders have shown little imagination or even interest in dealing with a continental agenda.” He warned how, “the TPP will divert scarce political capital and attention from North America.” Pastor further emphasized that, “The fastest way to create jobs and double exports is for the three governments to work together on continental plans for transportation, education, and infrastructure.” He also added, “If the TPP’s purpose is to put pressure on China to open its market, that won’t work” and instead suggested, “A reinvigorated North America is more likely to get China’s attention.”

The article, TPP as a Lynchpin of US Anti-China Strategy by Jane Kelsey sheds more light as to the real agenda behind the proposed trade agreement. She acknowledged that it is part of a, “revival of US geopolitical and strategic influence in the Asian region to counter the ascent of China. The US aims to isolate and subordinate China in part through constructing a region-wide legal regime that serves the interests of, and is enforceable by, the US and its corporations.” It is interesting to note that many of the current TPP partners, including new prospective members support U.S. foreign policy initiatives. This ties in nicely with the Obama administration’s plans of expanding alliances and military bases in the Asia-Pacific region in an effort to contain China’s rising power.

North American Integration and the Ties That Bind
Canada Pursues U.S.-Style Security and Foreign Policy

HEAD LINE NEWS LINKS

The NAFTA Of The Pacific Will Soon Allow Millions More American Jobs To Be Shipped Overseas

Building Blocks Towards an Asia-Pacific Union

U.S. Ambassador: NAFTA, No Matter What

U.S. lawmakers launch push to repeal NAFTA

Bush, Harper, Calderon to Defend NAFTA Amid Backlash in U.S.

Spreading NAFTA’s Love Across The Atlantic

U.S. Economic, Political and Military Expansion in Asia-Pacific Region

Canada comes out swinging against bank tax

New Plan to Charge Entry Fees for Travel to U.S. Gets Cold Shoulder From Canada

NAFTA and SPP, Securing U.S. Access to Canadian Resources

Hurdle for Rudd Asia-Pacific plan

NAFTA Countries to Introduce Simultaneous Legislation to Stop SPP

New U.S.-Canada border plan raises privacy concerns

CTV
November 29, 2011

Canada’s new border action plan will feature a new entry-exit control system that will allow the United States to track everyone coming and leaving Canada by air, land and sea, CTV News has confirmed.

The new, 32-point border action plan will be signed by Prime Minister Stephen Harper and U.S. President Barack Obama when the pair meet at the White House in Washington next week.

[...]

But the 32-point plan also features more than just new border-crossing protocols.In fact, both nations plan to streamline and harmonize regulations in the automotive and food sectors.

Read full article

HEAD LINE NEWS LINKS

New Proposal to Wiretap Suspected Infringers Raises Privacy Concerns

Storage of newborns’ blood samples raises privacy concerns

Stimulus Bill Raises Concerns Over Government Rationing of Health Care

Bio Lab in Galveston Raises Concerns

Evidence at bin Laden’s home raises nuclear concerns

McCain’s history of hot temper raises concerns

WHO Silence on Ukraine Sequences Raises Pandemic Concerns

U.S. Web-Tracking Plan Stirs Privacy Fears

Surge in kids’ CT scans raises concerns

Audio: Couple Harassed on U.S.-Canada Border

Ebola in Philippine Swine Raises Concerns

Canada will pay a steep price in border talks

Yes, Americans Will Be Targeted As Terrorists Under the NDAA - Monday, November 28, 2011

Republican Congressman Amash warns that bill can be applied to U.S. citizens

Paul Joseph Watson & Alex Jones
Infowars.com
Monday, November 28, 2011

Controversy over whether or not Americans are exempt from a provision of the National Defense Authorization Act bill, set to be voted on this week by the Senate, which defines the the entirety of the United States as a battleground in the war on terror, has been addressed by Republican Congressman Justin Amash, who warns that the bill does apply to U.S. citizens.

As we previously reported, under the ‘worldwide indefinite detention without charge or trial’ provision of S.1867, the National Defense Authorization Act bill, which is set to be up for a vote on the Senate floor this week, the legislation will “basically say in law for the first time that the homeland is part of the battlefield,” said Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.), who supports the bill.

That provoked concerns that American citizens could be targeted as terrorists and indefinitely detained without trial or charge.

“One section of these provisions, section 1031, would be interpreted as allowing the military to capture and indefinitely detain American citizens on U.S. soil. Section 1031 essentially repeals the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878 by authorizing the U.S. military to perform law enforcement functions on American soil. That alone should alarm my colleagues on both sides of the aisle, but there are other problems with these provisions that must be resolved,” Colorado Senator Mark Udall said in a speech earlier this month.

Following an ACLU alert on the legislation, some pointed out that the text of the bill actually exempts Americans from being detained under the new “homeland battlefield” designation under the proviso that “the requirement to detain a person in military custody under this section does not extend to citizens of the United States.”

However, as Republican Congressman Justin Amash told the The Grand Rapids Press today, the language of the bill is “carefully crafted to mislead the public.”

“Note that it does not preclude U.S. citizens from being detained indefinitely, without charge or trial, it simply makes such detention discretionary,” Amash wrote on his Facebook page.

The controversy over whether or not the text of the bill suggests the legislation applies to U.S. citizens is largely inconsequential given the fact that every piece of anti-terror legislation passed since 9/11 has been used against Americans, both at home and abroad.

The Patriot Act was passed in the name of giving federal authorities the tools to catch terrorists, but it has been used in hundreds of cases against American citizens, often in cases that have no relation whatsoever to terrorism.

Furthermore, as Ron Paul has pointed out, Anwar al-Awlaki, an American citizen who has never been charged with any crime, was the victim of extrajudicial killing because of the same unconstitutional legalese that defines the entire globe as a “battlefield,” where the constitutional rights of U.S. citizens are declared null and void if they are designated as terrorists by the federal government.

Indeed, national intelligence director Dennis Blair openly stated last year that, “Being a U.S. citizen will not spare an American from getting assassinated by military or intelligence operatives.”

Recall that José Padilla, an American citizen, was held without charge for 3 and a half years as an “enemy combatant” and denied a trial in civilian court, after being accused of planning to detonate a “dirty bomb,” an accusation that was enough to keep Padilla in a military brig for over three years yet was never proven.

As far back as December 2002, the Washington Post reported that a “parallel legal system” had been put in place under the auspices of the war on terror, in which terrorism suspects — U.S. citizens and noncitizens alike — may be investigated, jailed, interrogated, tried and punished without legal protections guaranteed by the ordinary system.”

The “battlefield” provision of the NDAA is nothing new, it is merely an updating of existing policy that has been applied to American citizens on numerous occasions over the last decade.

The difference is that the danger of American citizens being detained without trial as terrorists on frivolous pretexts is an even greater danger now given that the Department of Homeland Security has characterized behavior such as buying gold, owning guns, using a watch or binoculars, donating to charity, using the telephone or email to find information, using cash, and all manner of mundane behaviors as potential indicators of domestic terrorism.

Head Line News Links

How many Americans are targeted for assassination?

Senators Demand Military Lock Up Americans in “Battlefield” Defined as Outside Your Window

Senate Moves To Allow Military To Intern Americans Without Trial

Americans Denounced As Terrorists While Criminals Embraced

PATRIOT Act “Sneak and Peek” Searches Targeted Drug Offenders, Not Terrorists

DHS Video Portrays Average Americans As Terrorists

Americans Are Just As Likely to Get Struck By Lightning Than Killed By Terrorists

Big Sis’ Latest Terrorists: More White Americans

Feds Profiling Whites, Middle Class Americans As Terrorists

Feds Target Americans As Terrorists In Effort To Break Back Of Big Government Resistance

Poll Claims 60% of Americans Believe Domestic Terrorists Will Stage Attack Within a Year

Pentagon Multiple Choice: Dissenting Americans are Terrorists

MF Global Trustee Estimates $1.2 Billion still missing - Wednesday, November 23, 2011

US, UK and Canada sever ties with Iranian banks (The Crazies who want War) - Monday, November 21, 2011

The new coalition of the willing take first steps towards a war with Iran.

Guardian
November 21, 2011

Britain has severed all ties with Iranian banks as part of a package of sanctions from the US, UK and Canada aimed at confronting Tehran’s nuclear programme.

The chancellor, George Osborne, announced the measures on Monday. The unprecedented move meant all UK credit and financial institutions had to cease trading with Iran’s banks from the afternoon.

“We believe that the Iranian regime’s actions pose a significant threat to the UK’s national security and the international community,” Osborne said. “Today’s announcement is a further step to preventing the Iranian regime from acquiring nuclear weapons.”

Downing Street said the move was expected to be discussed by EU foreign ministers in 10 days, and it hoped that other countries may follow the lead and intensify sanctions.

Read full article here

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

‘No credible evidence’ of Iranian nuclear weapons, says UN inspector

Gordon Brown blasts Iran over nuclear threat

Outgoing IAEA chief ElBaradei calls Iranian threat ‘hyped’

Gates rules out ‘containing’ nuclear-armed Iran

Iran’s Foreign Minister: Probe Israel’s Nukes

New Reports Link N. Korean, Iranian Nuclear Programs

Israel says sanctions must target Iran energy sector

International backing grows for ‘Robin Hood tax’ on banks

White House Official: UN Sanctions Alone “Not Be Sufficient” to Change Iran’s Behavior — Much More to Come

Russia: Unilateral Iran sanctions illegal

Iranian commercial airline sanctioned for terrorism connections

Israel threatens force over Iran nuclear standoff

Prostitute took part in 11 orgies over six years with ex-IMF chief Dominique Strauss-Kahn - Friday, November 18, 2011

Ian Sparks
Daily Mail
November 18, 2011

A prostitute told how Dominique Strauss-Kahn joined her at 11 orgies over six years, it was revealed in France today.

The 30-year-old vice girl named Florence described in lurid detail how the disgraced economist enjoyed having sex with ‘every girl in the room’ during the debauched sessions.

She said the 62-year-old had ‘exceptional energy’, and always preferred the newcomers to the older women at the sex parties.

Florence is one of three hookers being quizzed by French police over an illegal prostitution racket operating out of hotels in Lille, northern France.

Read full report here

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

Dominique Strauss-Kahn linked to French prostitution scandal

Strauss-Kahn Case: Maid Worked as Prostitute

Mounting Evidence that Dominique Strauss Kahn was Framed

Dominique Strauss-Kahn sex case is near collapse, sources say

French writer Tristane Banon brings second rape case against Dominique Strauss-Kahn

Strauss-Kahn: new claims of sexual misconduct add to pressure on former IMF chief

60 per cent in France believe Strauss-Kahn is victim of plot

The Strauss Kahn Frame-Up: The Amerikan Police State Strides Forward

NEXT QUESTION ON STRAUSS-KAHN: Was He Set Up?

Strauss-Kahn Resigns as IMF Managing Director

Will Strauss-Kahn Be The Next President Of France?

Deluge Of Latent Rape Accusations Against Strauss-Kahn Imminent?

Gerald Celente: CME, The White Shoe Boyz Club!

The Alex Jones Channel
November 18, 2011

On the Thursday, November 17 edition of Infowars Nightly News, Infowars reporter Rob Dew interviews trends forecaster Gerald Celente about the MF Global scandal and the loss of his gold futures into the bankster maw.

Criminals who steal your money, who don't report to regulators as required. - Thursday, November 17, 2011

Celente: CME Did Not Guarantee Oversight in MF Global Scandal

Kurt Nimmo | Shortfall in MF Global accounts not reported to regulators immediately as required.

MF Global Money Now “Missing” After Reports It Was Sent To JP Morgan

Paul Joseph Watson | “Exactly what happened, I don’t think anyone knows”.

With MF Global Money Still Missing, Suspicions Grow

New York Times | Small to medium investors hit hardest, as insiders managed to move their money early

MF Global Looted Customers’ Accounts Via Internal Bank Run - Wednesday, November 16, 2011

Big players got warning ahead of time that financial broker was set to collapse.

Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet.com
Wednesday, November 16, 2011

Days before the doomed financial broker filed for bankruptcy, MF Global conducted “unexplained wire transfers” that led to a $900 million shortfall in client funds, leading customers like Gerald Celente to learn that their accounts had been looted and setting the precedent for internal bank runs as more big firms go bust.

MF Global Looted Customers Accounts Via Internal Bank Run mf global shadows

According to Bloomberg, “Examiners from CME Group Inc., the world’s largest futures exchange, found unexplained wire transfers at MF Global Inc. and a $900 million shortfall in client funds during the weekend the failing broker was talking with possible buyers, a person briefed on the matter said.”

CME noticed the missing funds on October 30, but MF Global didn’t inform the Commodity Futures Trading Commission until the day after, suggesting that the transfers were made, “in a manner that may have been designed to avoid detection,” according to CME.

The suspicious cash movements are now being probed by the U.S. Justice Department.

MF Global trustee James Giddens said in a court filing yesterday that customers would get back 60 per cent of their account funds, prompting fury amongst clients, many of whom used their accounts for business collateral and living expenses.

Although individuals were burned by the broker’s downfall, larger clients were protected from the fallout because they had the miraculous fortune of withdrawing all their funds just weeks before the collapse.

“Both the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange were charged with overseeing MF Global, their clearing member. If we are to believe them, they had no idea of any difficulties within the firm before customer accounts went missing just a few days before the collapse. But someone clearly knew of the cratering positions and imminent collapse of MF Global, as billions of dollars of accounts were “coincidentally” withdrawn,” writes Huffington Post’s Daniel Dicker, noting how funds in accounts owned by the billionaire Koch brothers were withdrawn just in time, clearly suggesting that big players got a “heads up” that MF Global was going down.

Although the collapse of MF Global was assured when it came to light that the broker was heavily exposed to the European debt crisis, causing the broker’s stock price to plummet, Fox Business reports that numerous circumstances indicate the downfall was in the works weeks before, drawing attention to the fact that employees didn’t receive commissions for the third quarter and were fired two weeks before the firm filed for bankruptcy.

One of the victims of the scandal, popular trends forecaster Gerald Celente, joined Alex Jones on Infowars Nightly News to detail how a six figure sum was looted from his gold futures account, which, unbeknownst to Celente, was being held under the auspices of an MF Global subsidiary.

As the Financial Times reported, the hundreds of millions in looted funds from customers’ accounts later “turned up at JPMorgan Chase, the failed broker-dealer’s custody bank.”

Despite his account being fully funded, Celente was hit by a margin call as Chapter 11 trustees stepped in to take control of his funds, leaving his account empty thereby closing his positions and preventing him from taking physical delivery of his gold which was due in December. When Celente rejected demands to transfer more money into the account it was hastily closed.

Speaking with Alex Jones, Celente expressed his fury at the move, labeling it an example of “economic martial law,” and speculating that the real reason for the looting was because the broker never had the gold and silver to deliver in the first place.

Celente encouraged Americans to cash out of all gold ETFs and withdraw their funds from the bank because “they are going to steal all our money”.

The trends forecaster savaged MF Global CEO Jon Corzine, labeling him a “cheap SOB” who was responsible for the collapse because of his using customer funds to bet on losing European bonds.

“How come he’s not in jail, because he’s one of the white shoe boys from the Goldman Sachs crowd,” Celente fumed, going so far as to say Corzine “should have died” in his recent car accident.

Celente said that he had sufficient funds stored in a safe place that could not be looted and that if anyone did try to steal them and threaten his life he wouldn’t hesitate to ‘blow their brains out’.

Celente reiterated his plea to Americans to withdraw all their money from the banks and leave only operating capital in their accounts, warning that “the merger of state and corporate powers” has brought “fascism” to America.

Zombie loan shark Banks Drain Account! 1/3

MF Global Looted Customers’ Accounts Via Internal Bank Run - Wednesday, November 16, 2011

Big players got warning ahead of time that financial broker was set to collapse.

Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet.com
Wednesday, November 16, 2011

The suspicious cash movements are now being probed by the U.S. Justice Department.

As the Financial Times reported, the hundreds of millions in looted funds from customers’ accounts later “turned up at JPMorgan Chase, the failed broker-dealer’s custody bank.”

Celente encouraged Americans to cash out of all gold ETFs and withdraw their funds from the bank because “they are going to steal all our money”.

The trends forecaster savaged MF Global CEO Jon Corzine, labeling him a “cheap SOB” who was responsible for the collapse because of his using customer funds to bet on losing European bonds.

The NWO is Upon Us! – Alex Jones Sunday Edition - Monday, November 14, 2011

The Alex Jones Channel
November 14, 2011

On the Sunday, November 13 edition of the Alex Jones Show, Alex talks about the prospect of an attack on Iran now that the United Nations’ International Atomic Energy Agency has released a report accusing the Islamic Republic of working on a nuclear weapon.

Alex also talks about his latest video documenting chemtrails in Texas and the world-wide secret program to manipulate the atmosphere. The government now admits it has been “testing” the manipulation of earth’s atmosphere with barium salts, aluminum dioxide and other toxic compounds. He also covers the silencing of Ron Paul at the Republican debates on Saturday. Alex confronts the latest news and takes listener calls on today’s world-wide transmission.

HR 1505: Giant Land Grab For The Police State - Tuesday, November 08, 2011

Chuck Baldwin
ChuckBaldwinLive.com
November 7, 2011

Montana Republican Congressman Denny Rehberg lent his support for ceding more power and authority to the federal government’s emerging police state by supporting HR 1505, the “National Security and Federal Lands Protection Act.” This monstrous bill empowers the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to confiscate to itself tens of thousands of acres of land across the US northern border. This is for “national security” reasons, of course. Gag!

My friend, Dr. Ed Berry, has written a very astute summary and analysis of HR 1505 on his web site, PolyMontana.com. I am going to be borrowing heavily from his research in this column.

Dr. Berry rightly notes that the DHS is the giant head of no less than seven federal agencies: Transportation Security Administration (TSA), US Customs & Border Protection (CBP), US Citizenship & Immigration Services (CIS), US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), US Secret Service (SS), Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), and US Coast Guard (USCG).

Dr. Berry says pointedly, “FEMA is the one with the small cages to put you in if you do not behave. TSA is the one that gives you a useless body scan before you get on an airplane, bus, etc. DHS is the one adding its sensors to streetlights around America and the promoter of E-Verify and Real ID as a cradle-to-grave biometric tracking system for every American.” And it is CBP that the DHS is using to seize property along the US northern border.

According to Denny Rehberg, the reasons the DHS needs to seize all this property are: 1) to stop the “turf war” between federal agencies, 2) Drug growers are hiding in our forests, 3) to catch criminals hiding in our forests, 4) to stop illegal aliens from coming in America.

Let’s first acknowledge that the federal government has absolutely no natural right or constitutional jurisdiction to claim (much less seize) land and territory outside of the District of Columbia. In many of the western states of the US, for example, the vast majority of land in any given State is now regarded as “federal” land. Ask yourself, where is the constitutional authorization for this federal land grab? When did the various State legislatures vote to give these properties to the federal government? When did the various State governors sign the State laws giving these properties to the federal government? When did the citizens of the various states vote to give these properties to the federal government? The answer is, nowhere, and they didn’t!

How is it, then, that we have elected representatives such as Denny Rehberg–people who took an oath to preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States–who are either so ignorant of the Constitution that they took an oath to uphold, or who are so flippant and careless about that oath, that they so quickly and routinely trample, not only the federal Constitution, but the natural laws and principles of God, and the sovereign rights and authority of the several states?

Now, let’s look at Rep. Rehberg’s reasons why he supports HR 1505 one at a time:

*To stop the “turf war” between federal agencies

This is a very specious argument, to say the least! No federal agency has any claim to State land! The land doesn’t belong to those miscreants inside the Beltway! It belongs to the people of the several states! Therefore, it is the responsibility of the State governor and county sheriff to determine who is and who is not allowed access to these lands. All this talk of a “turf war” between federal agencies is just a bunch of hooey!

On this point, we must note that Rep. Rehberg has introduced a “Sheriffs First” amendment to HR 1505. If approved, this amendment would recognize county sheriffs’ law enforcement power over federal agencies and personnel. Of course, this is power sheriffs already have!

For the record, I don’t believe for one second that Denny Rehberg cares one whit whether county sheriffs exercise their authority over these Nazi-like federal agencies. He came up with this amendment as a way to mollify the people of Montana after he discovered that a sizeable number of his constituents are rightfully “mad as hell” about his support for this draconian piece of legislation. After all, he is campaigning for a US Senate seat.

One disagreement I have with Dr. Berry’s analysis is his statement, “The exception to a sheriff’s ultimate authority should be our Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) which may be our only way to remove corruption among local police.” The way to deal with corrupt local police officials is for the governor to intervene. Per the Tenth Amendment, law enforcement is the exclusive jurisdiction of State government.

*Drug growers are hiding in our forests

In this regard, Dr. Berry’s analysis is absolutely spot-on: “America’s War on Drugs is a scam. It keeps the price of drugs high by limiting supply, so drug cartels and our CIA can make money selling drugs. It hires police to catch pot growers and smokers who overflow our prisons. But wealthy drug dealers who pay off the police have a free run. The solution is not to give DHS control over our land. The solution is to stop the War on Drugs.”

Dr. Berry is also correct when he states, “Virtually all drugs used in America come across our southern border and DHS has not been able to stop it. So why should we allow DHS to control non-existent drug traffic [over] our northern border when they can’t stop the problem where it exists?”

*To catch criminals who are hiding in our forests

Again, law enforcement is the responsibility of State and local government. If there are criminals “hiding in our forests,” it is the job of the State law enforcement agencies to find and apprehend them. Moreover, Dr. Berry astutely observes that to use this argument as justification to cede more authority and territory to DHS “shows the real intent of HR 1505 is to control American citizens.” Amen!

*To stop illegal aliens from coming into America

I cannot believe Denny Rehberg could say this with a straight face! Yeah, we have a real problem with all those illegal Canucks coming across our northern border, don’t we? That’s so absurd; I doubt that anyone reading that statement could do so without laughing out loud!

For the record, I live about 75 miles south of the Canadian border, and, ladies and gentlemen, I can tell you unequivocally that there is absolutely no problem with illegal aliens coming across that northern border! In fact, the western states that border Canada enjoy some of the lowest crime rates anywhere in the country.

I’ll tell you where we have a problem will illegal aliens (not that I have to): it’s along our southern border! So, what are the DHS and the rest of the federal government doing to protect our southern border? Not much! The DHS often imprisons Border Patrol agents who attempt to do their jobs. The federal Justice Department sued the State of Arizona for its attempt to stop illegal immigration and constantly hassles and harangues Maricopa County Sheriff Joe Arpaio, because of his no-nonsense enforcement of Arizona immigration laws. Furthermore, the Obama administration secretly used federal police agencies to actually supply sophisticated firearms to Mexican drug cartels–firearms that were used to murder a US Border Patrol agent, no less. Does this sound like a federal government that is truly concerned about illegal immigration to you? And now we are supposed to believe that HR 1505 is designed to stop illegal immigration where, for all intents and purposes, it doesn’t even exist? Get real!

Dr. Berry inserts one more salient point into his column: “Do you see a pattern here? All the claimed reasons for HR 1505 are the result of federal laws or lack [of] enforcement of our Constitution. Now the feds want another law to supposedly cure the problems they created.”

See Dr. Ed Berry’s column at:

http://tinyurl.com/44vnu9q

I implore readers to contact their US congressman or congresswoman and find out where he or she stands on HR 1505. This is a monstrous bill that lurches the United States forward into a federal police state in giant strides! The implications and ramifications of this bill, should it become law, are staggering–and scary!

HEADLINE NEWS LINKS

DEMINT: White House land grab

HR Bill 1505 allows for DHS takeover of seashores and coastal areas

The CLEAR Act of Another Federal Land Grab

The 2008 land grab for food and financial security

Water Wars: Colossal Land Grab by the UN and the Feds

Rich countries launch great land grab to safeguard food supply

Not So Private Property?: Clean Water Restoration Act Raises Fears of Land Grab

Border arrests land cache of weapons, cash

Arizona Immigration Reform: Common Sense or Police State?

Local Police Want Right to Jam Wireless Signals

British Police State Kicks Into High Gear

Arizona State Police, U.S. Marshals Merge

SWAT Team Kills Marine Veteran at Home - Friday, November 04, 2011

An Act Of Terrorism by Swat Police. Murdering people is what they know best even when children are at home.

TIM HULL
Courthouse News
November 4, 2011

TUCSON (CN) – A widow says a regional SWAT team killed her husband, a Marine veteran, in a botched raid not even aimed at him, riddling their house with 72 bullets while she and their 4-year-old son were in it.

Vanessa Guerena says police refused to allow paramedics to help her husband, 26-year-old Jose Guerena, after the SWAT team shot him repeatedly while serving a search warrant on May 5.

“No shots were ever fired at members of the Pima Regional SWAT Team from inside the Guerena home,” the widow says in her Pima County Court complaint. She says her husband was “peacefully sleeping in his bed” after returning home from the night shift at a mine when the police killed him.

“After the shooting, the Pima Regional SWAT Team denied entry to anyone, including paramedics, into the Guerena home for over an hour.”

The raid apparently was aimed at her husband’s brother, who did not live with them.

Guerena says that the affidavit in support of the search warrant “misrepresented and failed to include complete and material information about Joseph Guerena.”

Full article here

Western Democracy: A Farce And A Sham - Thursday, November 03, 2011

Paul Craig Roberts
Infowars.com
November 3, 2011

Every day that passes adds to the fraudulent image of what is called Western democracy.

Sarkozy and Merkel meet with Greece’s Prime Minister Papandreou at a G20 summit in Cannes.

Consider that the entire Western world is outraged that the Greek prime minister announced that he is going to permit the Greek people to decide their own fate instead of having it decided for them by a handful of banksters, politicians, and bureaucrats living it up at taxpayer expense at “talks” in the French resort of Cannes on the Mediterranean.

The Greek economy is facing its fourth year of decline and lacks the revenues to service its national debt held by private European banks. The banks don’t want to lose any money, so a handful of power brokers reached an agreement with representatives of the Greek government to write off some of the debt in exchange for EU capital subsidies to be financed by inflicting severe austerity on the Greek population. Wages, salaries, pensions and medical care are being cut while the rate of unemployment rises to depression levels. Government employees are laid off. Valuable public properties are to be sold to private parties for pennies on the dollar. In short, Greece is to be looted.

Large numbers of Greeks have been in the streets protesting the austerity policy and have reached the point of anger of throwing Molotov cocktails at the police. Greece is disintegrating politically. The Greek people sense that the EU “bailout” is not bailing out Greece. It is bailing out the French, Dutch, and German banks at the expense of the Greek people.

The Greek prime minister, watching his party’s support and power crumble, announced that he would let the people decide in a referendum. After all, allegedly that’s what democracies do. But it turns out that “we have freedom and democracy” is not supposed to be taken literally. It is merely a propagandistic slogan behind which people are ruled through back-room deals decided by powerful private interests.

The Greek prime minister’s announcement that he would put the back-room bailout deal to a referendum shocked the EU hierarchy, Washington, and investors. Who does this Greek guy think he is permitting the people, who bear the cost of the deal, to have a say in it? Who let this Greek guy out of his cage? This is not the way democracies are ruled.

The EU power brokers are outraged over the Greek prime minister’s departure from normal procedure. But the Greek PM is relying on the Greek people to approve the deal, and not without reason.

The Greek people have been brainwashed for decades as to the importance of “being part of Europe.” That means being a member of the European Union. When the Greeks realize that voting down the bailout of the banksters means being thrown out of the European Union, which is what they will learn between now and the referendum, they will vote for the back room deal.

Polls already indicate this. A poll for a Greek newspaper indicates that whereas 46% oppose the bailout, 70% favor staying in the EU, which the Greeks see as a life or death issue.

If this poll is a reliable indicator, the Greek PM has made a brilliant political decision. The Greek people will vote in favor of what they have been protesting violently in the streets. As the Greek people will do themselves in, the politicians are off the hook. This is the bet that the Greek PM has placed.

Whatever the outcome, keep in mind that the entire Western political and investor world was shocked that a politician, instead of simply imposing a back room deal, said he would let the people decide. Letting the people decide is a no-no in Western democracies.

If you need more evidence of this mythical creature called “Western democracy,” consider that Western governments are no longer accountable to law. Contrast, for example, the sexual harassment charges that are plaguing US presidential candidate Herman Cain’s campaign with the pass given to high government officials who clearly violated statutory law.

What follows is not a defense of Cain. I take no position on the charges. The real point is different. In America the only thing that can ruin a politician is his interest in sex. A politician, for example, George W. Bush, Dick Cheney, B. Omama, cannot be ruined by violating United States and international law or by treating the US Constitution as a “mere scrap of paper.” Bush and Cheney can take America to wars based entirely on lies and orchestrated deceptions. They can commit war crimes, murdering large numbers of civilians in the cause of “the war on terror,” itself a hoax. They can violate US and international laws against torture simply “because the president said so.” They can throw away habeas corpus, the constitutional requirement that a person cannot be imprisoned without evidence presented to a court. They can deny the right to an attorney. They can violate the law and spy on Americans without obtaining warrants. They can send due process to hell. In fact, they can do whatever they want just like Hitler’s Gestapo and Stalin’s secret police. But if they show undue interest in a woman or proposition a woman, they are dead meat.

Very few commentators have said a word about this. The House of Representatives did not impeach President Bill Clinton for his war crimes against Serbia. They impeached him for lying about a sexual affair with a White House intern. The US Senate, which had too many sexual affairs of its own to defend, didn’t bother to try to convict.

This is Amerika today. A president without any authority whatsoever, not in law and certainly not in the Constitution, can assassinate US citizens based on nothing except an assertion that they are a “threat.” No evidence is required. No conviction. No presentation of evidence in any court. Just a murder. That is now permissible to the Amerikan president. But let him try to get a woman who is not his wife into bed, and he is a cooked goose.

In Amerika there is no such thing any longer as torture; there is only “enhanced interrogation.” A mere word change has eliminated the crime. So torture is permissible.

In Amerika today, or in the UK and the EU, anyone who tells the truth is a “threat.” Julian Assange of Wikileaks, who made public information leaked to him by US government sources horrified by the criminal actions of the United States government, is now, as a result of Amerikan pressure on UK courts, being turned over to Sweden, which, for favors from the “world’s only superpower,” will turn him over to the US regardless of law to be prosecuted on trumped-up charges.

Western “civilization” is totally corrupted by American money. There is no integrity anywhere. For a decade Washington has been murdering women, children, village elders, and journalists in the name of the hoax “war on terror.”

What terror does the world actually see? The world sees the terror that Israel, protected by Washington, inflicts on the Palestinians. The world sees the terror that the US inflicts on Serbia, Iraq, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Yemen, Somalia, Libya, Latin America and now Africa, with Syria, Lebanon, and Iran waiting in the wings. The “war on terror” is nothing but an orchestrated invented excuse for Amerika-Israel to achieve hegemony while enriching their armaments industries.

In Greece, at least the PM committed to giving the people a say in their fate. In America the people have no voice whatsoever. The sheeple are content to be protected by “security,” porno-scanners, warrantless wiretapping, indefinite detention, and sexual groping. To carry on the hoax “war on terror,” the US government has elevated itself above the law.

The American effort to achieve accountability to law, the Occupy Wall Street (OWS) movement, if not shut down by cold weather, ice, and snow, is likely to be shut down by police violence. One riot begun by provocateurs is all it takes to transform protesters into “domestic extremists,” the number one concern of Homeland Security. The presstitute media will make the case against the rioters, and the sheeple will buy it.

The police have been militarized by Washington. Community police forces no longer represent the local public that pays their salaries. Local police represent Washington’s war against America.

American citizens are all suspects. Anyone who goes through airport security knows this. The only law that the US government obeys is not even a law. It is a bureaucratic regulation that prevents, even in dire wartime, any profiling of suspects by ethnicity or country of origin.

Consequently, all native born, flag-waving, American super-patriots are suspects when they board commercial airliners. Americans who have a life time of security clearances are subject to being porno-scanned or sexually groped. Airport Security cannot tell a “terrorist” from a CIA analyst, a Marine general or a US Senator.

Well-connected members of the ruling elite, such as Michael Chertoff, can become rich from selling the porto-scanners to taxpayers in order “to protect the public from terrorists.”

The only terrorists Americans will ever experience are those funded by their own tax dollars within their “own” government. A people incapable of perceiving its real peril has no chance of surviving. America might be a military superpower, but it no longer exists as a free country with accountable government and a rule of law.

Headline News Links

Barack Obama’s Allegiance Is Not To America And God, But To The New World Order And Satan - Sunday, October 30, 2011

Saman Mohammadi
The Excavator
October 29, 2011

It is hard to pierce the psychology of psychopathic rulers and politicians without having some understanding of their philosophy towards life. Our civilization would be better served if the belief system of politicians was discussed on the campaign trail and on television. We would all be in for some stomach-turning surprises.

It is a well understood fact that a number of high-level Iranian politicians believe in the coming of the Mahdi. President Ahmadinejad and his closest advisers produced a documentary for senior government officials that showcased their belief in Islamic end times prophecy. Watch the documentary with English subtitles here.

The sensational documentary was made to indoctrinate the soldiers of Islam in Iran and elsewhere into thinking that they are fighting for God and the prophet Muhammad, when in reality they are fighting for the clerical oligarchs and the political elite that rules the Islamic Republic of Iran. Their martyrdom will help pave the way for a new world order.

But the Iranian government is not unique in its belief in end times prophecy. The United States of America is also led by crazy rulers who share similar beliefs about a new age and have similar religious aspirations for the new world. The only difference is they believe in another kind of end times babble, one that is not Islamic or Christian, but Satanic.

Indeed, a Luciferian philosophy is the inspiration for the creation of a new world order and a one world totalitarian government. Barack Obama, like the Bushes and Clinton before him, has spoken of the need for a new world order.

Vice President Joe Biden also expressed his love for the new world order in a Wall Street Journal Op-Ed in 1992 called, “How I Learned to Love the New World Order.” That’s not really that surprising or scary. I expect big power players to make plans to continue their domination of the world in a new form and under a new flag. That’s just politics.

What is disturbing about top U.S. political leaders is their blatant disregard for the American masses and their worship of Satan in public. President Barack Obama regularly flashes the famous devil horn hand sign when he is giving speeches or being photographed. Here is one example. And another. And another. And another. You get the point.

And here is Obama’s handsome wife getting in on the action. Notice the right hand in this magazine cover for Ebony. Very clever. But she’s not so subtle in this picture.

Throwing up the sign of Satan is a tradition in American politics and culture, no matter if you are a Republican and or a Democrat because Satan cheers for both sides. The ruling elite is gang, with its own initiation rites, rituals, philosophy, and gang sign, all courtesy of Satan.

Here is former President Bush throwing up his gang sign with pride. He does it again with his left hand in this photo. And here he is doing it beside the Queen (how radical, dude!) Of course, you have do throw up the Satan sign with the wife once in a while.

Former President Bill Clinton is a fan of Satan, too. And so is the Pope!And hey look — American Revolutionary Ron Paul is doing it, too! Is he throwing it in our faces? What a gentleman. May God Bless His Soul!

That’s enough of Satan’s hand sign. If you want to learn more about it, read this Infowars.com article by Texe Marrs about its significance and history. I’m more interested in understanding the philosophy that guides these creeps and weirdos to do what they do.

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is known to be a creepy egomaniac with a messianic complex. Netanyahu believes he is the Jewish answer to Winston Churchill and Iran is the 21st century Nazi Germany that represents all evil in the world. It is a very bizarre belief that’s not grounded in reality, but it is very politically convenient and a lot of Israelis are falling for this scam.

The people of Israel seem to be losing sight of the fact that Israel is not an occupied concentration camp under totalitarian rule but a highly advanced military state that can defend itself very easily against the slightest aggression from the Iranian government or any other nation.

But Netanyahu wants to keep the Israeli people in the dark and use their insecurity to seize political glory for himself. He is a danger to Israel and the world because of his demonic nature.

Netanyahu is not the only psychopath who wants a world war and mass death. There are a lot of psychopaths in high places in America, Israel, Iran, England, France, Italy, Russia, and all over the world.

The Earth is truly Satan’s Kingdom. And there are many puppets in politics, the military, media, entertainment and business who love to serve Satan and do evil.

After nearly three years in office, it should be clear to everyone that President Barack Obama is a psychopath who serves Satan. And you can add George W. Bush, George H. W. Bush, Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, Bill Clinton, Hillary Clinton, Newt Gingrich, John McCain, and many other U.S. political leaders to that list.

When you know that Barack Obama is a Satanic thief and a lying psychopath then you’re not shocked when you see him on late night television with Jay Leno calling the mass murder of the Libyan people by NATO drones and Al-Qaeda terrorists a “recipe for success.” In reaction to that interview, the writer at cryptogon.com wrote:

A recipe for success?
The grinning, shill, international terrorist President of the United States talks up the regime’s atrocities on a late night comedy show, with the host, audience and millions of people out in TV land going along with it…
Holy shit.

Holy shit is right. Barack Obama is evil on the scale of Mt. Olympus, and America is the land of the Dead.

How did America and humanity fall so far, into the very depths of hell? I wish I knew.

Knowing the life-guiding beliefs of major politicians and public officials is more important than knowing their opinions about tax policy or small-scale issues.

And forget politicians’ tax records, the public needs to know their mental health records to find out how their brain works. If they are clinically insane then that fact alone will mean the end of the current political system because it is obviously broken and demonic.

If it is shown that high-level politicians lack basic social qualities like empathy and they show signs of psychopathy and mental illness then they must be taken to mental institutions.

Currently, American political psychopaths are voted into the Congress and the White House by millions of naive and gullible people.

This is not just a problem in America. Every modern society seems to be under the horrific hypnosis of political and religious power in the hands of totalitarian myth makers who are members of secret societies.

Another question we should be asking is who is more mentally sick? The blind sheepish believer that is the modern voter, or the arrogant psychopathic deceiver that is the modern politician?

Both are obviously made for each other.

The rest of us have to watch the dark show and suffer because we get ridiculed by the first group and killed by the second group.

Many people believe there is a war between heaven and hell that is being fought right now. I used to regard those beliefs as spiritual in nature and having no significance in politics and real life.

But discovering that the highest political leaders in America and around the world frequently flash the Satanic hand sign has given me second doubts.

My stomach turned when I saw the photo of Ron Paul give the Satan sign at the Ames Straw Poll in the 2008 presidential campaign.

It is obvious the ruling elite are speaking in a symbolic code. And it is obvious they are on the side of Lucifer in this war.

If that is the reality of the present situation and I’m not over-paranoid, then mark me down as Lucifer’s adversary.

II. Reign of The Luciferian Psychopaths

To get a glimpse into the nature of psychopathy and psychopathic political leaders, read the following articles:
The Trick of the Psychopath’s Trade: Make Us Believe that Evil Comes from Others
Ponerology 101: The Political Psychopath
Truth to Power: Psychopaths Rule Our World
Ponerology 101: Psychopathy at Nuremburg
The Psychopath: A New Subspecies of Homo Sapiens

Headline News Links

Barack Obama calls Iran a ‘threat’

Iranians stage mass protest against ‘Great Satan’ US

World Bank chief blames Barack Obama for Doha trade talks deadlock

Barack Obama tightens the screw on Iran

Obama Mentions “World Order” in Cairo Speech

Ahmadinejad calls for new world order

Ahmadinejad stresses need for a new world order

Netanyahu to ask Obama for weapons to strike Iran

Barack Obama: We Must Embrace Globalism And The Emerging One World Economy

Barack Obama’s Israel Bond

Merkel Challenges Obama to Join “World Order”

Haaretz: Israel Is Preparing To Strike Iran

Obama to the world: ‘Do as we say, not as we do’ US Government terrorism at home - Friday, October 28, 2011

Patrick Henningsen
Infowars.com
October 28, 2011

It’s not so much we are witnessing history unfold, as it is Washington’s hypocrisy unravel before our eyes.

Washington is infested with busy-bodies who run from one briefing to the next, one press conference to the next, in a drive to conduct their symphonies of policy and media in a desperate bid to remain relevant. Some try harder than others. Inside the beltway, original ideas, humility, honor and integrity are somewhat hard to come by these days.

They are the high-flying political class in the United States, an elite tribe who are so detached from reality that it’s become an almost embarrassment to watch. The Orwellian doublespeak which is now coming out the State Department’s office of nation-building is hitting new highs.

They grandstanded on the TV, and fawned Tunisia and Egypt during the celebrated Arab Spring. Then they ordered Libya and Syria to ‘show restraint and let democracy take it’s natural course’.

Even if – armed insurgents were burning down government buildings in Tripoli, and or firing upon and killing police in Syria.

Obama confidently that other governments “must be responsive for their citizens aspirations”.

Even if – those citizens are being backed and financed by the US State Department, Whitehall, Élysée Palace and allies Qatar.

Hillary Clinton ordered Libya to “respect the universal rights of its own people, including the right to free expression and assembly.”

Even if – her own government cannot even manage to cater for this right any more, even in the United States of America.

Watch this video and you will have a decent idea of what hypocrisy means today in the US:

THIS REALLY PUTS IT INTO PERSPECTIVE, NOT WHAT HILLERY CLINTON OR OBAMA WANT THE PUBLIC TO BUY. US GOVERNMENT TERRORISM AT HOME

In the US, the erosion of our basic rights provided by the Bill of Rights and US Constitution has been a long and painful process.

9-11 gave us the naziesque Patriot Acts I & II – two bills which have achieved nothing since their inception, and yet, are still as enthusiastically championed by Barack Obama as they were by GW Bush.

The anti-war demonstrations of 2003 gave us “free speech zones”, in country where freedom to assemble, where and when you want, used to be a god-given inalienable right. Now its a mere privilege.

The G20 demonstrations of 2009 gave us police brutality on a mass militarized scale, not seen before domestically. Thousands of paramilitary police where shipped in to Pittsburgh, sound canons were deployed and students were chased down, tear gassed and beaten in what came to known as forced compliance.

Even an obvious avant garde demonstration, a silent disco at the Jefferson Memorial saw police beat and injure Americans who were only trying to test the vital signs of a US Constitution in critical condition.

What elite political performers like Barak Obama and Hillary Clinton are really saying to the governments of Libya, and now Syria, and later to Algeria and Iran- is that you cannot put down an armed insurrection in your countries, but in the US we reserve the right to beat and shoot our own citizens, and arrested without charges- if they attempt to demonstrate in public.

In other words, “Do as we say, not as we do.”

President Obama will have the world believe that America is less brutal to its own citizens than the rest of the world, but as hundreds of thousands of people in the Occupy Movement now get their first taste of civil disobedience, it is inevitable that some will be unlucky enough to get the hard end of the state’s velvet fist. Indeed, Scott Olsen found this out the hard way in Oakland this week.

And the Occupy Movement will also learn very quickly that we cannot ignore the rights which our US political elite have been denying the people of Iraq, Afghanistan, Palestine and Libya for all these years now- and expect to be afforded those same rights by the same criminal US government here at home.

We are witnessing a culture in decline- a people who for the most part, are having trouble remembering what made it unique in the first place, and so many who can think of nothing more frightening than to be called to live up to any of those ideals – who forgot what freedom actually is.

The level of Washington’s hypocrisy, its arrogance – has never been on display so vividly as it is today. It’s a clear indication of a society in decline.

What will surely accelerate this decline is a mass chunk of Americans who still to this day, remain unaware that these changes in society have even taken place. And more to the point, too many are ever willing to profit, or make their daily crust from this hyper-security police state. This is one of the signs of a civilization in decline.

Our celebrity politicians have permanently lost touch with reality, and sadly, this tribe will never come back to the source of liberty.

It’s high time for Americans to stop making excuses for the lobbyists, the wars, the pork, the bailouts- and for selling out the principles which once made it an inspiration to so many others around the world. Stop making excuses for elite bureaucrats and Wall Street tycoons.

At a watershed moment in history, it can go both ways, so you only get one shot to make it right.

Feds Order You Tube To Remove Video For Containing “Government Criticism” - Wednesday, October 26, 2011

US Government Hits Google With 70% Rise In Takedown Orders.

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Wednesday, October 26, 2011

The number of takedown orders received by Google from authorities based in the United States rose dramatically over the past year, with demands to remove information, including videos containing “government criticism,” increasing by 70 per cent.

“In the US, Google received 757 takedown requests across its sites and services, up 70 per cent from the second half of last year,” reports technology website V3.co.uk.

“US authorities also called for the removal of 113 videos from YouTube, including several documenting alleged police brutality which Google refused to take down.”

The figures are revealed in Google’s newly released transparency report, which also details how the number of “user data requests” by US authorities increased by 29 per cent compared to the last reporting period.

The reason listed for the removal of a You Tube video in one instance is “government criticism”. The exact identity or content of the video is not divulged. The report states that the removal requests pertaining to “police brutality” were done on the grounds of “defamation” and are included in that separate category, meaning the takedown order on the grounds of “government criticism” was made by the “executive,” ie the federal government.

The report does not indicate whether or not You Tube complied with the removal request, but it did comply with 63 per cent of the total requests made.

The number of “Items requested to be removed” by US authorities was almost seven-fold the number requested to be removed by Chinese authorities, a country much maligned for its Internet censorship policies.

As we have previously documented, Google-owned You Tube has complied with thousands of requests worldwide to remove political protest videos that are clearly not in violation of any copyright or national security interests and do not constitute defamation.

One such example was You Tube’s compliance with a request from the British government to censor footage of the British Constitution Group’s Lawful Rebellion protest, during which they attempted to civilly arrest Judge Michael Peake at Birkenhead county court.

When viewers in the UK attempted to watch videos of the protest, they were met with the message, “This content is not available in your country due to a government removal request.”

Indeed, the latest figures show that takedown requests on behalf of British authorities have also skyrocketed by 71 per cent, including 44 removal orders in the first half of this year which came directly from the UK government, one of which was the Birkenhead protest footage.

In Britain, a total of 135 videos were removed from You Tube on the grounds of “national security” and 43 web search results were also blacklisted by government decree.

These figures illustrate how governments, particularly the United States and Britain, are getting more aggressive in pushing for web censorship as the state increasingly tries to strangle the last bastion of true free speech, the Internet, as authorities simultaneously try to advance draconian cybersecurity measures that would hand them complete control over the world wide web.

Links to headline News

Government Orders You Tube To Censor Protest Videos

Video Exposing Google Chief Schmidt Censored by You Tube

UPDATE: You Tube Restores Banned Video After Media Storm

Update: You Tube Restores Alex Jones’ View Count

UPDATE: Google Backs Down, Restores Collateral Murder Video

You Tube Censors Hugely Popular “Question Your Reality” Video

You Tube Admits To Censoring View Count On Biden Impeachment Video

You Tube blocks viral spread of Alex Jones’ Wikileaks video

Time, DC Comics, Platon Deny Flickr Takedown Order for Obama Joker Parody

You Tube In Egregious Censorship Of Alex Jones Channel

You Tube Pulls Hundreds Of Ron Paul Videos

You Tube Free Speech Purge Accelerates, Infowarrior Channel Banned

Promo Video For DHS-Backed ‘Spy Street Lights’ Pulled From You Tube - Wednesday, October 26, 2011

Company gets nervous after creepy ‘Intellistreets’ concept exposed by Drudge Report.

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Wednesday, October 26, 2011

The company behind a Department of Homeland Security-funded project to install street lights that double as sophisticated surveillance devices pulled its promo video for ‘Intellistreets’ from You Tube hours after our article drawing attention to the issue was linked on the popular Drudge Report website.

Having initially disabled comments on the You Tube clip, Illuminating Concepts yanked the video entirely this afternoon, presumably nervous about the negative publicity that could be generated from concerns about new high-tech street lights being used for “Homeland Security” purposes – their words, not ours.

However, having gone to the trouble of putting together a promotional video for their product, and having already started installing the system in the city of Farmington Hills, Michigan with the aid of federal funding, the fact that the company attempted to prevent people learning about the “Homeland Security” applications for the street lights speaks volumes.

If ‘Intellistreets’ is such a cutting edge concept that presents an array of wonderful benefits, as the promo video claims, then why remove it from You Tube? It’s almost like a kid getting caught with his hand in the cookie jar.

Now that the company has tried to hide the video, it will only generate more suspicion about the true purpose behind ‘Intellistreets’ and the level of involvement on behalf of Homeland Security.

As we documented earlier today, ‘Intellistreets’ is even more frightening a concept than the DHS-funded surveillance cameras that have blanketed America. Not only does this system have video surveillance capabilities, it also includes audio sensors and speaker systems that will be used by authorities to “promote civic awareness,” presumably in the same vein as Homeland Security’s telescreens in Wal-Mart stores that feature a message from Janet Napolitano encouraging Americans to spy on each other and report suspicious activity.

Using street lights as Minority Report-style broadcasting platforms for advertising and government propaganda also dovetails with the Obama administration’s agenda to have complete control over communications by means of the Emergency Alert System and the program to have all new cell phones display mandatory “emergency” messages from the federal government by next year.

You can still watch a duplicate of the video for ‘Intellistreets’ below (until that too is pulled). The video is also still available on the company’s website.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=Qw10eKxaSDY

New Street Lights To Have “Homeland Security” Applications

Brit Bureaucrats to Switch Off Street Lights to “Reduce CO2 Emissions”

You Tube Censors Hugely Popular “Question Your Reality” Video

Feds Order You Tube To Remove Video For Containing “Government Criticism”

Video Exposing Google Chief Schmidt Censored by You Tube

Two pulled from plane over 9/11 video

‘Occupy Wall Street’ Tax Proposal Is Backed By Wall Street Itself

No Money For Street Lights, Roving Packs Of Wild Dogs And Open-Air Drug Markets

You Tube blocks viral spread of Alex Jones’ Wikileaks video

You Tube Admits To Censoring View Count On Biden Impeachment Video

UPDATE: You Tube Restores Banned Video After Media Storm

See the Southern Lights from space station view

High-tech system to include speakers, video surveillance, emergency alerts

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Wednesday, October 26, 2011

UPDATE: Presumably in response to this article being linked on the Drudge Report, the company behind ‘Intellistreets’, Illuminating Concepts, has now pulled the video from You Tube entirely, presumably nervous about the negative publicity that could be generated from concerns about street lights being used for “Homeland Security” purposes – their words, not ours. We have added an alternative version of the clip below, but it may be subject to removal at any time. The video is still available on the company’s website.

New street lights that include “Homeland Security” applications including speaker systems, motion sensors and video surveillance are now being rolled out with the aid of government funding.

The Intellistreets system comprises of a wireless digital infrastructure that allows street lights to be controlled remotely by means of a ubiquitous wi-fi link and a miniature computer housed inside each street light, allowing for “security, energy management, data harvesting and digital media,” according to the Illuminating Concepts website.

According to the company’s You Tube video of the concept, the primary capabilities of the devices include “energy conservation, homeland security, public safety, traffic control, advertising, video surveillance.”

In terms of Homeland Security applications, each of the light poles contains a speaker system that can be used to broadcast emergency alerts, as well as a display that transmits “security levels” (presumably a similar system to the DHS’ much maligned color-coded terror alert designation), in addition to showing instructions by way of its LED video screen.

The lights also include proximity sensors that can record both pedestrian and road traffic. The video display and speaker system will also be used to transmit Minority Report-style advertising, as well as Amber Alerts and other “civic announcements”.

With the aid of grant money from the federal government, the company is about to launch the first concept installation of the system in the city of Farmington Hills, Michigan.

Using street lights as surveillance tools has already been advanced by several European countries. In 2007, leaked documents out of the UK Home Office revealed that British authorities were working on proposals to fit lamp posts with CCTV cameras that would X-ray scan passers-by and “undress them” in order to “trap terror suspects”.

Dutch police also announced last year that they are developing a mobile scanner that will “see through people’s clothing and look for concealed weapons”.

So-called ‘talking surveillance cameras’ that use a speaker system similar to the Intellistreets model are already being used in UK cities like Middlesborough to bark orders and reprimand people for dropping litter and other minor offenses. According to reports, one of the most common phrases used to shame people into obeying instructions is to broadcast the message, “We are watching you.”

The transformation of street lights into surveillance tools for Homeland Security purposes will only serve to heighten concerns that the United States is fast on the way to becoming a high-tech police state, with TSA agents being empowered to oversee that control grid, most recently with the announcement that TSA screeners would be manning highway checkpoints, a further indication that security measures we currently see in airports are rapidly spilling out onto the streets.

The ability of the government to use street lights to transmit “emergency alerts” also dovetails with the ongoing efforts to hijack radio and television broadcasts for the same purpose, via FEMA’s Emergency Alert System.

The federal government is keen to implement a centralized system of control over all communications, with the recent announcement that all new cell phones will be required to comply with the PLAN program (Personal Localized Alerting Network), which will broadcast emergency alert messages directly to Americans’ cell phones using a special chip embedded in the receiver. The system will be operational by the end of the year in New York and Washington, with the rest of the country set to follow in 2012.

The notion of using the street lights as communication tools to broadcast “alerts” directly from the federal government is also consistent with Homeland Security’s program to install Orwellian ‘telescreens’ that play messages by Janet Napolitano and other DHS officials in Wal-Mart stores across the country.

The fact that the federal government is funding the implementation of ‘Intellistreets’ comes as no surprise given that the nation’s expanding networks of surveillance cameras are also being paid for with Department of Homeland Security grants.

Global Elite Version of the Lincoln-Douglas Debate - Tuesday, October 25, 2011

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
October 25, 2011

It’s a new low for the shanghaied Tea Party – a “modified Lincoln-Douglas debate” between two deep insiders, Newt Gingrich and Herman Cain. The Lincoln-Douglas debate was an 1858 effort to take presidential debates directly to the people.

Bill O’Sullivan, treasurer of Texas Tea Party Patriots, told National Review Online that the recent debates between establishment Republican contenders have been “superficial” and “frustrating.”

NRO is the online version of William F. Buckley’s National Review. The late Buckley was a “conservative” who worked for E. Howard Hunt in the CIA’s Special Activities Division responsible for covert ops.

Gingrich says that if nominated, he will challenge Obama to “seven forums akin to the Lincoln-Douglas debates — each of them three hours apiece,” reports USA Today.

Former Republican National Committee Chairman Michael Steele said in January that the supposed “intellectual stimulation” of such a protracted event “would be fascinating to watch.” Steele did not specify who exactly would find three hours of establishment talking points fascinating.

Former House Speaker Newt Gingrich is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. He is heavily steeped in the neocon faction supported by the ruling elite and is a member of a number of warmongering neocon organizations, including the American Enterprise Institute and the Hoover Institution. He participates in the “leadership council” of the Clifford May-run Foundation for the Defense of Democracies (which is linked to the CIA’s National Endowment for Democracy). Gingrich also served as a member of the Committee on the Present Danger and as an advisor to the Committee for the Liberation of Iraq.

Gingrich is a committed globalist who supported Bill Clinton’s NAFTA, the orchestrated effort to impoverish American workers by sending manufacturing jobs to third world slave labor gulags in Mexico and then China and Asia. He also supports GATT, WTO and other globalist “trade” treaties.

It is not clear what sort of “debate” would ensue between two globalist insiders who essentially share the same political and economic philosophy. Ditto the “debate” between Gingrich and Cain.

All we need to know about Herman Cain is that he is a former chairman (Omaha Branch board 1989–91), deputy chairman (1992–94) and chairman (1995–96) of the board of directors of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City.

Supposed political ”debates” between vested insiders like Gingrich and Cain are designed to establish the aura of street cred for the elite’s hand-picked candidates. It is nothing less than a public relations stunt designed to sell us the same old political snake oil, this time gussied up with nostalgia for a historical moment taken radically out of context – not that most reality-TV mesmerized Americans are even vaguely aware of the Lincoln-Douglas debate and what it represented.

Obama’s Wrong about Unilateral Military Action — Just Ask Abraham Lincoln

Fox News Pulls Poll Showing Ron Paul Debate Victory, Claims Mitt Romney Won

Lord Monckton wins global warming debate at Oxford Union

Global Elite Consider Television Network to “Tell Us Who We Are”

Fed Insider Cain Caught In Brazen Debate Lie

Fox News generates post-debate buzz around Fed-Insider Herman Cain, obscures Ron Paul

Global Elite Gather in D.C.

Why Herman Cain Won

Ron Paul to Herman Cain at Bloomberg Debate: “Spoken Like a True Insider!

Ron Paul Wins Iowa GOP Debate; Is Right On Iran

Students Silenced for Singing Anthem at Lincoln Memorial

Why Are Rick Perry And Mitt Romney Getting About Twice As Much Talking Time?

Jones Family Confront Warrantless Checkpoint, Round 2 - Saturday, October 22, 2011

TheAlexJonesChannel
October 22, 2011

In a second round encounter with Border Patrol agents at the checkpoint 98 miles from the Texas-Mexico border, Alex and his family stand up to goons who try to search his vehicle without any warrant or reason. The whole system is not designed to stop drugs or illegal immigrants, but to make Americans feel guilty until proven innocent, as if they’d done something wrong. Agents admitted they were using their sniffing dogs to search for narcotics and human odor, despite the double-speak statement that they were checking citizenship status and ‘not’ looking for drugs.

Alex Exposes Unconstitutional Internal Checkpoint Round 2

Alex also features his latest video recorded earlier in the week at an internal checkpoint in southern Texas. He informed Border Patrol agents that they risked being sued if they violated his Fourth Amendment right by demanding he allow them to search his vehicle without probable cause or a warrant.

Alex went through the same checkpoint a few weeks before, with a near standoff to stand-up for his and his family’s rights to be free in their persons and possessions.

Exposing Internal Checkpoints: Nightly News Report

Gorbachev Calls For American Perestroika - Friday, October 21, 2011

Former Soviet leader says protest movement highlights need for “global governance”.

Former Soviet leader says protest movement highlights need for “global governance”

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Friday, October 21, 2011

Former Communist leader Mikhail Gorbachev told an audience at Lafayette College on Wednesday night that the United States’ economic problems heralded the need for a new American “perestroika,” defined by a “new world order” and a system of “global governance”.

Speaking to a crowd of 3,600 people during an event that was broadcast live nationwide, Gorbachev made reference to riots and demonstrations that have swept the world over the last two years, including the Occupy Wall Street movement in the United States.

“The world needs goals that will bring people together,” he said. “Some people in the United States were pushing the idea of creating a global American empire, and that was a mistake from the start. Other people in America are now giving thought to the future of their country. The big banks, the big corporations, are still paying the same big bonuses to their bosses. Was there ever a crisis for them? . . . I believe America needs its own perestroika.”

How will this American perestroika manifest itself? As a “new world order” characterized by a system of “global governance,” according to Gorbachev.

“Others, including myself, have spoken about a new world order, but we are still facing the problem of building such a world order…problems of the environment, of backwardness and poverty, food shortages…all because we do not have a system of global governance,” he said.

“We cannot leave things as they were before, when we are seeing that these protests are moving to even new countries, that almost all countries are now witnessing such protests, that the people want change,” he said. “As we are addressing these challenges, these problems raised by these protest movements, we will gradually find our way towards a new world order,” added Gorbachev.

Of course, Gorbachev’s call for global financial instability to be used as a pretext for the further centralization of power into a sovereignty-stripping system of global governance will merely concentrate more influence into the hands of a tiny elite.

Gorbachev attempt to invoke the protest movement sweeping the globe and re-label it as a call for global governance is fundamentally disingenuous. A new world order means less democratic representation. Global government is the ultimate expression of autocratic rule, it is inherently undemocratic. Gorbachev’s American perestroika will not equate to more freedom and prosperity, it will result in a lowering of living standards and even less political representation.

The literal translation of “perestroika” means “restructuring,” but Gorbachev’s past comments overwhelmingly illustrate the fact that the former Communist icon is calling for America to experience a Soviet-style collapse before it can be re-absorbed as a vassal state that is subordinate to a UN-run global government.

The former Soviet leader has long been an advocate of transforming the United Nations and its affiliated offshoots into an architecture of global government, eviscerating American sovereignty in the process.

In September 2000, Gorbachev called for the UN to set up Soviet-style “central authority” to control the world’s business and environmental concerns. For decades he has consistently called for a “new world order” to replace existing nation states as the ultimate source of power.

Gorbachev and his fellow globalists like Zbigniew Brzezinski are clearly trying to exploit and hijack the collective disenfranchisement being expressed across the world as a tool to accomplish the long-held pursuit of global governance, handing even more power to the insiders who were responsible for the financial collapse in the first place.

Gorbachev Calls for a New World Order

Gorbachev: the model for the Obama doctrine

Time for a Global Glasnost, Says Gorbachev

The Libertarian Gorbachev

Ahmadinejad Calls for New World Order at UN

Gingrich Calls Banker Puppet Obama “Most Radical President in American History”

AFL-CIO President and Member of PERAB Calls for “New Economic Order”

Orlov: the American Dream is about to become a nightmare

American History, American War, American Empire

McCain Supports North American Integration, League of Democracies

NAM calls for new world order

American Taxpayers Looted To Bail Out The Euro

OWS Call for “Global Governance” click word for global government - Wednesday, October 19, 2011

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
October 19, 2011

Prior to the worldwide OWS-inspired protests on October 15, a group of prominent leftists “issued a manifesto that includes a strong call for global democracy and, in particular, democratic rule over the international financial system,” reports UNPA Campaign.

Noam Chomsky and other leftists are calling for “global democracy.”

UNPA is short for the Establishment of a United Nations Parliamentary Assembly, “a global network of parliamentarians and non-governmental organizations advocating citizen’s representation at the United Nations,” according to their website.

UNPA is likely a project launched indirectly by the CIA and the folks who brought the world numerous color revolutions resulting in military dictatorship (as it did in Egypt) and “humanitarian” bloodbaths (like NATO’s operation in Libya).

While primary contributions to UNPA’s work come from campaign participants, the organization also receives money from the Ford Foundation.

Since the 1950s, the Ford Foundation has worked closely with the CIA to fund and control leftist cultural and political activities.

“The CIA uses philanthropic foundations as the most effective conduit to channel large sums of money to Agency projects without alerting the recipients to their source. From the early 1950s to the present the CIA’s intrusion into the foundation field was and is huge,” writes James Petras.

Ana Sofia Suarez and Shimri Zameret, writing for The Guardian on October 14, characterized the UNPA supported manifesto as “a vision for a new global governance” and “a movement for global democracy.”

Instead of calling for abolishing globalist networks such as the IMF, the WTO, multinational banks, the G8/G20, the European Central Bank and the UN security council, the manifesto calls for “democratizing” them.

“Undemocratic international institutions are our global Mubarak, our global Assad, our global Gaddafi,” the document declares. “Like Mubarak and Assad, these institutions must not be allowed to run people’s lives without their consent. We are all born equal, rich or poor, woman or man. Every African and Asian is equal to every European and American. Our global institutions must reflect this, or be overturned.”

Supporters of the text, including Naomi Klein, Vandana Shiva, Michael Hardt, Noam Chomsky, and Eduardo Galeano, say “our global institutions” must be democratized or overturned. They accept that “more than ever before, global forces shape people’s lives” and “citizens of the world must get control over the decisions that influence them in all levels – from global to local. That is global democracy. That is what we demand today.”

It should be noted that the manifesto was not produced by the Ford Foundation funded UNPA and the CIA, but its enthusiastic reception by the organization is highly suspicious.

As the video below demonstrates, the call for “global democracy” – a term now interchangeable with “global governance” – was accepted by at least some of the OWS people in Los Angeles.

LeftWing Socilaist Commies Zombies shouting for Global Government

OWS supporters in the United States should not be calling for “global democracy” – in other words, surrendering national sovereignty for globalist micromanaged mob rule – but should be calling instead for the end of the Federal Reserve, a return to honest money not controlled by the global elite and the international bankers, and the reinstitution of a constitutionally limited republic as originally envisioned by the founders.

If the larger OWS accepts “global federalism” it will be accepting the agenda outlined by the very global elite responsible for the Federal Reserve, the IMF, the WTO, global markets, multinational banks, the G8/G20, the European Central Bank and the UN security council criticized in the manifesto published in the establishment newspaper, The Guardian .

The OWS represents both a threat and opportunity for the globalists. It is imperative that they compromise the movement and sell it on a bait-and-switch version of global totalitarianism masquerading as change – the same brand offered by the Goldman Sachs crony Obama – under the guise of “democracy.”

Why would anyone buy the US propaganda for wars and killing families - Tuesday, October 18, 2011

Unfolding Iran-Saudi plot: Mossad at work

Press TV | The cooked-up story of the Saudi envoy assassination plot is somehow still traumatizing Hillary and the US establishment

Press TV
October 18, 2011

The heat over Iran in the US government is growing rapidly. Some Republican congressmen have expressed their interest in waging an all-out war against Iran, a threat they keep refreshing every time they have an excuse. They have clearly stated that Washington should not dismiss the idea of resorting to military force against Iran, an idea which is being strengthened in Congress.
“I don’t think you should take it off the table,” Michigan Representative Mike Rogers, chairman of the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, has said.

It is quite natural that he was vehemently supported by the former House Speaker Newt Gingrich and Senator John McCain, who have always maintained an antagonistic approach towards Iran.

Hawkish Gingrich said on CNN, “Our goal should be the replacement of the Iranian dictatorship, and we have done nothing of consequence to systematically undermine the regime.”

The US government keeps preaching at others and talking of dismantling this or that regime which they term as ‘dictatorial’ or ‘sponsor of terrorism’. Now that the lot has fallen to the US government itself, they are at a loss and appear despondently desperate. The implosive voice that is eroding the American system from within cannot be easily smothered or contained.
Therefore, the US has to find a way to divert international attention from what is going on in the country and zoom in on Iran. This can be one simple reason but it is very plausible. However, a bigger scenario is at work in collaboration with the Mossad and other intelligence services.

Read full report here

Ahmadinejad likens claims of Iranian assassination plot to Iraq WMD

Reuters | Mahmoud Ahmadinejad has said US allegations of an Iranian assassination plot resemble its claims about weapons of mass destruction.

Reuters
October 18, 2011

Mahmoud Ahmadinejad has said US allegations of an Iranian assassination plot resemble its claims about weapons of mass destruction that formed the basis for the 2003 invasion of Iraq, and would prove to be equally untrue.

The Iranian president suggested that the US aimed to cause a rift between Tehran and Saudi Arabia that would help Washington dominate the oil-rich Gulf and had fabricated the plot of an Iranian seeking to kill the Saudi ambassador to America.

“In the past the US administration claimed there were weapons of mass destruction in Iraq. They said it so strongly, they offered and presented documentations and everyone said: ‘Yes, we believe in you. We buy it,’” Ahmadinejad said in a live interview on al-Jazeera television on Monday evening.

“Now is everyone asking them, were those claims true? Did they find any weapon of mass destruction in Iraq? They fabricated a bunch of papers. Is that a difficult thing to do?

Full article here

‘Israelis, Saudis’ behind Iran terror plot - Monday, October 17, 2011

Freedom Watch | Judge Andrew Napolitano talks to the former head of the CIA’s Bin Laden unit about the bogus Iran terror plot.

Freedom Watch
October 17, 2011

Judge Andrew Napolitano talks to the former head of the CIA’s Bin Laden unit about the bogus Iran terror plot.

Fox aide’s ‘plot to topple Iran chief’: Sidekick Werritty ‘met dissidents and spies and was even briefed by MI6′

UK Daily Mail | Adam Werritty was involved in a shadowy international plot to topple the Iranian leader, it was claimed yesterday.

IAN DRURY
UK Daily Mail
October 17, 2011

Adam Werritty was involved in a shadowy international plot to topple the Iranian leader, it was claimed yesterday.

Liam Fox’s right-hand man was said to have regularly met Iranian dissidents, Israeli spies and right-wing U.S. groups with an interest in destabilising President Ahmadinejad.

Mr Werritty, 33, was highly regarded by the feared Israeli intelligence service Mossad, who believed he was the Defence Secretary’s chief of staff.

He travelled the globe enjoying extraordinary access to politicians, diplomats, lobbyists and military personnel, apparently revelling in the James Bond-style trappings of first-class travel and luxury hotels.

One of the companies which helped fund Mr Werritty’s extravagant lifestyle even had a charitable foundation named Universal Exports – the pseudonym for MI6 in Ian Fleming’s 007 books.

Mr Werritty, who can speak some Farsi, has visited Iran several times, including a trip to the country in 2007 alongside Dr Fox.

He is said to have acted as a ‘facilitator’ and ‘taken messages’ between opposition parties in Tehran. And he arranged a meeting in Portcullis House, Westminster between Dr Fox and an Iranian lobbyist with close links to President Ahmadinejad’s regime.

Full article here

US Begins Huge Military Maneuvers Aimed at Iran - Monday, October 17, 2011

Battle-ready troops on standby as tensions rise following dubious assassination plot

Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet.com
Monday, October 17, 2011

The United States will this week commence huge military maneuvers aimed at Iran, with a massive air fleet patrolling middle eastern skies ready to land at any time, in response to Iran’s involvement in an alleged assassination plot that experts have labeled dubious, amidst fears that US and Israeli targets could be hit by attacks.

US Begins Huge Military Maneuvers Aimed at Iran C 5 Galaxy 162.preview

As we reported last week, during US Defense Secretary Leon Panetta’s October 3 Tel Aviv visit, Israeli hawks attempted to persuade Panetta to give the green light for a military strike on Iran. Within ten days, details of an alleged assassination plot against a Saudi ambassador emerged and the foiled attack was blamed on Iran. Innumerable experts immediately voiced their doubts about the authenticity of the plot, with 21-year CIA veteran Robert Baer labeling the story “a truly awful Hollywood script”.

The US military will respond this week with a series of significant military maneuvers designed to threaten Iran, including, “an American air fleet in Middle East skies ready to land at any moment for any contingency,” reports DebkaFile.

“The United States launches a large-scale exercise over the Middle East deploying 41 giant transports of the 22nds Airlift Squadron Monday Oct. 17,” states the report, adding that the aircraft will be packed with fully equipped, battle ready troops.

A further seven warships from the Stennis Battle Group will also “provide ground troops with combat support and strike land and sea targets.”

The Israeli, Egyptian and Saudi armies have also been placed on maximum preparedness, echoing reports that U.S. troops being sent to the region have also been put on full alert.

The maneuvers are also linked to the scheduled release of Israeli soldier Gilad Shalit by Hamas on Tuesday, an event that US intelligence officials fear could set off a chain of attacks in the region against US and Israeli targets. Should embassies be targeted, US troops will be in place to react swiftly.

Geopolitical experts have been consistent in their warnings that Israel was preparing to strike Iran this fall.

Back in July, CIA veteran Baer told KPFK Los Angeles that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was planning an attack on Iran in September to coincide with the Palestine bid for UN membership.

Whether the maneuvers are merely designed to be an act of belligerence against Iran or represent preparations for an actual military strike in support of Israel remains to be seen, but as Gulf News reporter Patrick Seale pointed out Friday, the window of opportunity for an attack on Iran is closing.

“Some western military experts have been quoted as saying that the window of opportunity for an Israeli air attack on Iran will close within two months, since the onset of winter would make such an assault more difficult,” writes Seale, adding that the Israelis’ eagerness to launch the attack has “caused considerable alarm in Washington and in a number of European capitals.”

Both Republican and Democratic US lawmakers have issued strong statements against Iran in recent days, with several all but calling for war. Last week, New York Republican Peter King called on the Obama administration to put troops on standby, labeling the alleged Iranian assassination plot “an act of war”. On Sunday, Democrat Dianne Feinstein, the head of the Senate Intelligence Committee, warned that the US and Iran were on a “collision course”.

The phony War on Iran by War Criminals - Monday, October 17, 2011

The already dubious "Iranian" terror plot to assassinate a Saudi ambassador and blow up the Saudi and Israeli embassies in Washington, continues to unravel into farce with the revelation that the so called "mastermind" behind the plot is a failed used car salesman described by those who know him as a "joke".

While The Justice Department is hyping the notion that 56-year-old Iranian-born U.S. citizen Manssor Arbabsiar was participating in a dastardly Iranian plot to kill Saudi Arabia's U.S. ambassador, details have emerged that make the already farcical case look like a badly scripted comedy.

Local media in Austin and San Antonio spoke to several of Arbabsiar's acquaintances in Round Rock and Corpus Christi, who described him in most unflattering terms, saying that they doubt Arbabsiar could have had any meaningful involvement in the supposed international ploy.

"He used to drink, smoke pot, go with the prostitutes," Tom Hosseini, an Iranian who has known Arbabsiar since college, told reporters, adding "His first wife left him because he would lose his keys every other day. This guy is not a mastermind."

Hosseini also told reporters that in college Arbabsiar earned the nickname '"Jack" for his affinity for whisky, confirming that he wasn't in any way religious and that "he couldn't even pray, doesn't know how to fast."

Describing Arbabsiar as rude, offensive and unfriendly, others noted that he was a "floundering" businessman who at various points had tried his hand in running a restaurant, a convenience store and a used car lot.

"He was pretty disorganised, always losing things like keys, titles, probably a thousand cell phones," David Tomscha, who ran the small used-car yard with him, said. "He wasn't meticulous with taking care of things."

"He never spoke ill of the United States," Mr Tomscha added. "I always thought he liked it here, because he could make money. He loved to make money."

Arbabsiar, who has a history of run ins with the law and minor criminal offences, was described in other accounts as having a preoccupation with traveling to Iran in order to procure the services of cheap Persian prostitutes.

Another local acquaintance, Mitch Hamueen, scoffed at the DOJ suggestion that "Chevrolet" was a code word for the alleged terror operation.

"He probably wasn't talking in code, he was probably talking about an actual Chevrolet," he said.

"He's the fall guy," Hamueen said. "They're looking for a fall guy."

Reporters also spoke with Arbabsiar's apparently estranged wife who told them "I know that his innocence is going to come out."

The Obama administration contends that Arbabsiar tried to hire assassins from a Mexican drug gang to carry out the murder of ambassador Adel al-Jubeir during a visit to the United States.

However, the head of the drug gang turned out to be a DEA agent posing as a Mexican Los Zetas gangster. The story has all the hallmarks of classic FBI entrapment tactics that have characterized almost every major terror bust in recent times.

Nevertheless, Everyone from Hillary Clinton to John Kerry has pounced on the allegations, suggesting there is a wider conspiracy, that sanctions should be placed on Iran, and that even further action should not be ruled out.

http://www.prisonplanet.com/iranian-terror-mastermind-described-as-drunk-poth...

Prime Minister Stephen Harper in OTTAWA– about Iran - Sunday, October 16, 2011

Comments from Prime Minister Stephen Harper in OTTAWA– " Iran is the “most significant” threat to world peace and security, even though Mr. Harper Supports US government terrorism, what does this tell you about our Political potato head in charge of Canada. Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper said after the U.S. accused Tehran of plotting to kill the Saudi ambassador to Washington even though the US has created another false flag operation in order to justify another war on another front. Harper further went on to shout for US Wars “We have no quarrel with the Iranian people, but the regime in Tehran represents probably the most significant threat in the world to global peace and security,” Harper said." Well there you have people of Canada the Harper government placating to the US terrorist government propaganda. There is something serious wrong with the NEO-CON and their puppet government.

http://news.nationalpost.com/2011/10/14/iran-most-significant-threat-in-the-world-harper-says/

Link to news sources on the US government terrorism on the world and their false flag operations

Corporate-Fascists Clamor for Iran War

Tony Cartalucci | Unelected corporate-funded policy makers constitute the greatest threat to US national security.

Israel: A History of Self-Inflicted Genocide & Terrorism with Steve Pieczenik

The Alex Jones Channel | Former State Department official Steve Pieczenik returns with more commentary on the bogus Iranian terror attack.

Some U.S. officials question response to Iran plot

Reuters | “A lot of people basically feel really suspicious about this,”

Israel: A History of Self-Inflicted Genocide & Terrorism with Steve Pieczenik

The Alex Jones Channel | Former State Department official Steve Pieczenik returns with more commentary on the bogus Iranian terror attack.

First Great War of The 21st Century is Here! with Gerald Celente

The Alex Jones Channel | Renowned trends forecaster Gerald Celente about the false flag op and the move toward World War Three.

Nobel Peace Prize-President quietly opens 8th US battlefront Tony Cartalucci | President Obama has now quietly, without much fanfare, sent 100 US troops to help Ugandan President Yoweri Museveni crush rebels threatening his 25 year dictatorship.

Globalist Warlord Obama Moves to Expand Africom Reach
Sends letter to Congress announcing he is dispatching troops to Uganda.

Latest Alex Jones Predictions Contest Entries

Infowars.com | We have moved out the deadline to allow more time for your entries.

US Policy Toward Iran One-Way Ticket to War

Tony Cartalucci | Policy Wonk Plays Dumb Over Role in Iranian Escalation

First Great War of The 21st Century is Here! with Gerald Celente

The Alex Jones Channel | Renowned trends forecaster Gerald Celente about the false flag op and the move toward World War Three.

Israel: A History of Self-Inflicted Genocide & Terrorism with Steve Pieczenik

The Alex Jones Channel | Former State Department official Steve Pieczenik returns with more commentary on the bogus Iranian terror attack.

Move On Tries to Take Over Occupy Wall Street Protests

Washington’s Blog | MoveOn attempted to set the agenda and pretend it was their event.

Americans in Denial: Futile Elections and Teflon Candidates

Scott Lazarowitz | Many Americans are in denial about how broken and unfixable our current federal, statist system of central planning is.

A Few Thoughts On The Occupy Wall Street Movement

Brian Rogers | Major changes are coming, many of which would have seemed unimaginable only a few years ago.

Retiree watering flowers for neighbour is threatened by police with Tasers after being reported as a burglar

Daily Mail | Armed police were ready to taser elderly woman for performing a routine domestic task

The nonsensical alleged Iranian plot and the end of all reason

Activist Post| In order to believe the latest flight of fancy promulgated by Washington, one must suspend any and all logic, reason and plain old common sense.

Press TV Being Taken Off The Air In UK! Is This Lead Up To War With Iran?

YouTube| Authorities don’t want viewers to hear the other side of the story.

Robert Baer: Iranian Plot Is a Bad Hollywood Script

Robert Baer | Washington Bombing Plot Is Out of Character for Iran’s Professional Killers.

Occupy Iran Fast & Furious (Extended) with Pepe Escobar
Infowars Nightly News | Journalist Pepe Escobar talks about the bogus Iranian terror plot and the Obama administration’s move toward war.

Petraeus’s CIA Fuels Iran Murder Plot

Ray McGovern | The U.S. media and public are being riled up again with a new set of allegations against Iran.

Corporate-Fascists Clamor for Iran War - Sunday, October 16, 2011

Unelected corporate-funded policy makers constitute the greatest threat to US national security.

Tony Cartalucci
Infowars.com
October 16, 2011

While US politicians grapple over the credibility of using the US DEA’s bomb plot to assassinate a Saudi ambassador as a pretext to escalate tensions with Iran, America’s unelected, corporate-funded policy makers have already announced their long, foregone conclusion. The DEA’s entrapment case is decidedly to be used as a pretext for war with Iran.

The Foreign Policy Institute (FPI), just one such unelected, corporate-funded think tank, has released two statements calling on President Obama to use force against Iran. FPI director William Kristol states:

“It’s long since been time for the United States to speak to this regime in the language it understands—force.

And now we have an engraved invitation to do so. The plot to kill the Saudi ambassador was a lemon. Statesmanship involves turning lemons into lemonade.

So we can stop talking. Instead, we can follow the rat lines in Iraq and Afghanistan back to their sources, and destroy them. We can strike at the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC), and weaken them. And we can hit the regime’s nuclear weapons program, and set it back.”

Likewise, FPI’s executive director Jamie Fly claims, in tandem with Kristol’s unqualified, corporate-funded opinion, “It is time to take military action against the Iranian government elements that support terrorism and its nuclear program. More diplomacy is not an adequate response.”

Image: Just a sampling of Wall Street-London corporate-funded think tanks. Those that believe America’s policy is created within the offices of our elected legislatures will be sadly disappointed to know that it is in fact produced by these unelected, nebulous private institutions. Despite the different logos and rhetoric wielded by each of these institutions, they consist of the same members and same corporate-financier sponsors and merely specialize in executing different aspects of the corporate-financier agenda. For more information, please see “Naming Names.” (click on image to enlarge)

….

Ironically, Jamie Fly, who believes it is time to take “military action” against Iran for supporting terrorism, is a signatory of a letter imploring House Republicans to support the US war in Libya where NATO forces are literally handing an entire nation over to rebels led by the Libyan Islamic Fighting Group, listed by both the US and British government as a foreign terrorist organization, and is confirmed to have fought and killed US and British troops in both Iraq and Afghanistan. It should also be noted, that fellow policy makers at the Brookings Institute proposed that the US arm, train, and even go as far as de-list as a terrorist organization, MEK (Mujahedin-e Khalq), in covert efforts to wage war against Tehran. MEK is acknowledged by Brookings to not only be a bona fide terrorist organization, but also has American civilian and military blood on its hands.

Image: Know your enemy. It is not turban-wearing cave dwellers that threaten America. It is unelected, corporate policy pimps like those found lurking within the halls of the Foreign Policy Initiative. They seek to mislead Americans into supporting an agenda that literally bleeds them to death while they and their corporate-financier sponsors continue to consolidate both wealth and power on a global scale. (click on image to enlarge)

….

It is safe to say that Jamie Fly, William Kristol, and the rest of the policy wonks populating FPI and similar corporate-funded think tanks harbor less than genuine “concerns” regarding “terrorism,” – concerns which are voiced purely for public consumption.

As reported previously, the official, though rarely spoken about policy toward Iran is one of purposefully provoking the regime into a war it desperately wants to avoid. The Brookings Institution, like FPI, is a corporate-funded think tank full of unelected policy makers who literally steer America’s destiny. In its report “Which Path to Persia?” it is clearly stated that not only does Iran want to avoid war, but any potential aspirations to acquire nuclear weapons are driven only by a desire to defend its sovereignty, not use unilaterally against its neighbors nor to proliferate such weapons into the hands of non-state actors.

Despite this admission, the Brookings Institution claims that American extraterritorial ambitions across the Middle East cannot be impeded by strong, independent nation-states and spells out a criminal conspiracy to remove such impediments. Such tactic include funding terrorist organizations to wage a covert war against Tehran, funding opposition groups to rise up against the Iranian government, sanctions, and even provoking a war through covert means.

Masking this criminal conspiracy is a narrative repeated ad naseum by the corporate media, literally sponsored and steered by the same corporations and banks that fund the above mentioned think tanks. The American people are presented with a belligerent, irrational enemy, so entirely fictitious it challenges the archetypes produced by Hollywood. Should Americans know the truth about America’s real policy regarding Iran, war not only would not take place – those who have pushed so hard to shed American treasure and blood in Iran would be ferreted out as criminals and permanetnly removed from society.

US foreign and domestic policy is not produced by our legislatures as we are meant to believe. John Kerry and John McCain don’t sit behind their desks twelve hours a day penning the 1,000 page policy papers they present to Congress to be rubber stamped. President Obama is not sitting in the Oval Office churning out reams of policy papers either. It is the unelected, corporate-funded policy think tanks and their army of policy makers, lawyers, scribes, and media personalities the produce, promote, and ram through an agenda that serves not the American people, but the corporate-financier interests that fund their work.

While many Americans scratch their heads at what appears to be a profound mystery – a Democratic president carrying the torch of a Neo-Conservative Republican’s global war, not only maintaining all previous wars, but expanding the battlefront – in reality this linear, continuous policy that is being executed piecemeal by both sides of the American political aisle is the direct result of these corporate-funded think tanks successfully commandeering both political parties.

John Kerry and John McCain’s love for sending Americans to their deaths in foreign nations and spending American tax money to destabilize countries around the world is not an anomalous convergence of some political ideal, but rather the result of absolute, naked corporate fascism overrunning America’s political institutions and co-opting politicians of inferior human character. As in Nazi Germany, this unchecked power, not foreign enemies, presents the gravest risk to national security imaginable. Those that serve this system and fail to speak out against it, and worse yet, willingly collaborate with it, are America’s true enemies and a self-evident threat the American people can no longer afford to tolerate.

Vote out of office any and all public servants that promote extraterritorial meddling, including wars, funding foreign opposition movements, arming foreign militants, and funding foreign propaganda networks. Vote out of office all representatives that peddle 1,000 page pieces of legislation produced by corporate lawyers and their vast array of “think tanks.” And above all,identify and expose the actual corporate-financier interests driving this destructive agenda, then boycott and replace them. The vast influence and unwarranted power these corporate fascist monopoly men have garnered is a direct result of our apathy, ignorance, and decades of paying into their system with our money, time, energy, and attention.

America is being brought to the precipice of a war neither the American nor the Iranian people want by a cartel of corporate-financier interests that admit the nation of Iran poses to threat to the United States. This is purely a war to enhance US hegemony in the Middle East, not protect the American people and our way of life at home. It is a war that the American people will pay for in both trillions of dollars in public funds, as well as the blood of our soldiers, sailors, Marines, and airmen. It is up to the American people to end this cycle of parasitic exploitation before it ends America.

WARNING: Corporate-Fascist Military Coup Brewing in the United States?

Corporate Media Poll Claims Majority of Americans Support Iran Attack

Billionaire Koch brothers in the dock over trades with Iran

US Policy Toward Iran One-Way Ticket to War

Katie Couric and the Corporate Media Gear Up for Iran Attack

Clinton warns of Iran sanctions

‘US funding terrorist group against Iran’

Carter says Obama clamor ‘racist’

Cameron foreign policy gaffe of the day: Iran’s nuclear weapon

Zogby Survey: 84% of Iranian-Americans support establishing U.S. interest section in Iran

Feds Foil Own Saudi Assassination Plot: Pin it on Iran

Press TV taken off air in UK – war for freedom of speech now on - Friday, October 14, 2011

Patrick Henningsen
Infowars.com
October 14, 2011

In case you are not yet aware, OfCom, Britain’s Office of Communications, decided to take Press TV off air in the UK this week. The significance of this move by the state regulator should not be underestimated. The battle for free speech is definitely on.

With this move, the state apparatus has all but declared war on a foreign network’s ability to broadcast a political perspective that differs from the consensus reality line. Note that the state, particularly in the UK, will spend millions per year in order to enforce a rolling agenda of talking points. In the US will also spend billions to ensure the same thing.

Today London’s Telegraph newspaper reported:

“The foreign arm of the Iranian state broadcaster is to pulled off the British airwaves after media regulator revoked its broadcasting license.
Press TV, the channel which acts as the overseas mouthpiece of Mahmoud Ahmadinejad’s government, has been told by Ofcom that it breached broadcasting rules with its interview of a journalist who was imprisioned in an Iranian jail and forced to read from a prepared script.
The ruling comes after a year-long investigation by Ofcom into the claims made by Maziar Bahari, a journalist for Newsweek, the US magazine, who was filmed by Press TV while imprisioned in Tehran for nearly four months. He was arrested while covering the 2009 Iranian Presidential elections.”

With this move, a new front in the infowars has truly opened up. It’s not just about winning over minds and getting the info out. It is now about being able to get that info out there. It’s about preserving the free speech platform where we can receive and deliver all that valuable information. And we are up against the state.

Over the last eight years, I’ve involved myself in the battle- the one which Alex Jones and others have referred to as the Information War. The first step was getting informed, and the second step was getting involved by creating content which, up to this point, has relied heavily on the internet’s free speech platform. From this open platform, even an individual could broadcast locally, regionally and globally, disseminating information that would otherwise not get to these audiences.

Active internet news hounds like this writer, in search of alternative views that differ from the corporate mainstream media conglomerates could not believe their eyes when Press TV, a 24-hour English language global news network launched online in January 2007, followed by the TV launch later. It seemed to be the only place in the UK where one could go to catch a completely different, fresh take on domestic and world events. For sure, it had an edge.

Ofcom’s legal reasons for pulled down the network was an administrative one, citing a breach in the broadcasting code and some administrative problems with Press TV’s application as the reason.

Press TV’s response today was at the UK ban was predictably defiant:

“The British media regulator’s decision is considered to be an abuse of the UK media law and the result of mounting pressure on the organization by certain members of the royal family and government.
As an alternative international media outlet, Press TV took pains to break the mainstream media’s total silence on the violations of international law and human rights committed by the UK government at home and abroad.

The fact that Press TV is Iranian owned and operated, has drawn heavy fire from certain establishment and government critics who accuse it of being ‘bias’ towards an Iranian agenda. If only that were a prerequisite for taking a media network off the air. If it were, you could expect that Britain’s state broadcaster, the BBC, would have its license revoked overnight in foreign countries around the world.

certainly, the main reason for the west’s aggressive attitude toward Press TV is that, according to the US State Department, Iran is meant to be an enemy of the United States, Europe and Israel. If you’ve been paying attention, the war drum against Iran has not stopped beating since Dick Cheney and John Bolton began pounding it early in 2004.

If a war with Iran is on the cards, eliminating Press TV in the UK and the US will be a top priority for governments in those countries, as Press TV will be broadcasting a different view than the BBC or CNN. This would be very problematic for the establishment.

The US and Britain, who built their empires on the powerful illusion of media, simply cannot accept that a country like Iran could win-over English speaking audiences, doing a better job reporting the news than the likes of CNN or the BBC. Worse yet, they cannot accept anything other than an anti-Iranian perspective portrayed through the TV lens.

Chris Bambery, a political analyst in London explains the possible motivation behind Britain’s move:

“To me Press TV has a much wider range of debate than it is available on BBC, with views of people who support their Republican Party in the United States, who support free market policies in this country. I have debated with those people and I think Press TV has done an startling job here and that is precisely why, I believe, it is being taken off because as the reporter just said, we know there has been pressure from a number of lobbies in this country, from the Foreign Office and inside the BBC to take Press TV off the air.”

Will the state be moving in on another foreign network next?

Following the strength of Press TV, in August 2007 arrived Russia Today (RT), another 24 hr global news network that offered an incredibly diverse band of news and opinion, not seen before on TV. Before long, RT became the second most-watched foreign news channel in the United States, after the BBC, and also set a TV News Channel record after exceeding a view count on YouTube of half a billion.

Like Press TV, the staff at RT remained committed to delivering an even more challenging slate of programming, with it’s strap-line, “RT: question more.” It has kept its overwhelmingly anti-war, anti-globalist and pro-humanity agenda, and is generally resistant to the usual propaganda lines which are streamlined through the Murdoch media press, routinely churned out of the Whitehall, Tel Aviv, White House and US State Department.

I found myself becoming RT’s number one fan, so I did not hesitate when I was invited by them to contribute on air. I didn’t know anyone in the organisation, had no contacts and no introductions. They simply liked my writing and were willing to give me a shot on live TV. To date, no editor at RT has ever censored or attempted to censor anything I have said, or even ask me to alter my opinion on any subject.

This type of network practice is very, very rare in today’s corporate media matrix and for this reason, interested audiences around the world need to be vigilant and support free speech when it comes under attack from the host state.

The Britain’s unofficial censorship unit Ofcom has obviously recognised the ability of countries like Iran to produce slick, polished and balanced programming- and deliver it with a high degree of professionalism. And in TV, the rating don’t lie. The establishment know full well that both Press TV and RT have attracted millions of viewers- viewers who will never go back to the BBC News, SKY News or ITV News.

The battle begins. Today it is a ‘foreign’ TV network like Press TV that is being targeted, and taken down by the state.

Tomorrow, it could be RT… and after that, who knows? Will it be hundreds of ‘foreign’ internet news websites like Infowars.com.

This latest victory for the censors is a move backwards for Britain, and it strikes deep into the heart of our free society- a society that generations have fought long and hard to arrive at.

Support Press TV, support RT. If you really live in a free society, you should be able to watch and support any network that you choose to.

Have no doubt, the infowar is well and truly on.

Press TV Being Taken Off The Air In UK! Is This Lead Up To War With Iran? - Friday, October 14, 2011

YouTube

YouTube| Authorities don’t want viewers to hear the other side of the story. "hear no evil, see no evil, speak no evil"

The nonsensical alleged Iranian plot and the end of all reason

Activist Post| In order to believe the latest flight of fancy promulgated by Washington, one must suspend any and all logic, reason and plain old common sense.

Robert Baer: Iranian Plot Is a Bad Hollywood Script

Robert Baer | Washington Bombing Plot Is Out of Character for Iran’s Professional Killers.

Occupy Iran Fast & Furious (Extended) with Pepe Escobar

Infowars Nightly News | Journalist Pepe Escobar talks about the bogus Iranian terror plot and the Obama administration’s move toward war.

Petraeus’s CIA Fuels Iran Murder Plot

Ray McGovern | The U.S. media and public are being riled up again with a new set of allegations against Iran.

Assassination Plot Was Pushed By DEA Informant

Paul Joseph Watson | Arbabsiar thought he was involved in a drugs deal.

King Labels Iran Terror Plot “Act of War”

Paul Joseph Watson | Republican Congressman says Obama should have troops on standby for military response.

The Decline And Fall Of Mainstream Media - Monday, October 10, 2011

New World Reporter
October 10,2011

Could the ‘Occupy Wall Street’ movement, inadvertently precipitate the demise of some long-established American mainstream news media companies, or their conglomerate hierarchy? The thought comes off a little more than wishful thinking to me, as I absorb the news reporting having to do with the protests to date.

Be it traditional television, print or the well-known internet media companies that most people generally use for news or information, it’s clear to me at least that these powerful news outlets prefer to safely immerse themselves in a sort of conveniently contrived, self-conscious, fog of war, so to speak. And so I wonder for such reasons, if I am the only person who finds the coverage having to do with the Wall Street protesters by major media outlets, curiously lacking in detail or ability, or more importantly, in journalistic integrity.

While continuing to underestimate the disillusionment of many millions of ordinary U.S. citizens with the current condition of their republic, having basically neglected to turn up the heat on Washington D.C. politicians, multi-national corporations, mega-banks or the Federal Reserve, what if anything of relevance to such matters has the mainstream media chosen to occupy themselves with or to emphasize?

A whole lot of superficial nothingness, actually.

Currently, when they are not seeking some manner in which to politicize the protests taking place across the country, the only question applicable to ‘big media’ seems to be what it is exactly that Americans demonstrating in the streets are protesting? That obviously loaded question, seems to me, the product of some entity or another who would sooner not know the answer.

Read full article here

Freedom Lost - Saturday, October 08, 2011

Dr. Chuck Baldwin
Chuck Baldwin Live
Saturday, October 8, 2011

Many times I hear the ostriches among us exclaim, “What freedoms have we lost? America is the freest country on earth.” We have all heard that, right? Of course, part of the problem is that, thanks to our education system, media, and churches, many Americans do not even know how to define liberty and freedom. The truth is, America’s Founding Fathers were willing to pledge their “lives, fortunes, and sacred honor” and fight a bloody revolutionary war for far fewer abridgments of liberty than we Americans endure every day of our lives today. FAR FEWER!

To answer the second part of the ostrich argument first: no, America is not the freest nation on earth. According to the Index of Economic Freedom, which is produced by the Heritage Foundation and the Wall Street Journal, the United States just barely makes it in the top ten, ranked at number nine in the world.

According to Deroy Murdock, “Among the 179 countries examined in the Index, Hong Kong is ranked first, followed by Singapore, Australia, New Zealand, Switzerland, Canada, Ireland, and Denmark. These nations all outscored the U.S. across ten categories, including taxes, free trade, regulation, monetary policy, and corruption.

“America barely made the top ten. Bahrain was tenth, with 77.7 points, one decimal point behind America’s 77.8 score. Chile reached No. 11 with 77.4, just 0.4 points behind the United States.

“Even worse, with a score below 80, the U.S. is spending its second year as a ‘mostly free’ economy. As it departed the family of ‘free’ nations in 2010, it led the ‘mostly free’ category. Even within this less-than-illustrious group, America now lags behind Ireland and Denmark.”

See Murdock’s report at:

http://tinyurl.com/66caegw

Just ask any small businessman how free the United States is! The regulations, restrictions, prohibitions, assessments, fees, taxes, surcharges, permits, licenses, etc., are worse than almost any industrialized nation in the world. Remember the CEO of Coca Cola recently saying that it was easier doing business in China than in America? Well, he was telling the truth!

Thanks to political correctness, environmental wackoism, and socialistic/fascist ideology running rampant in Washington, D.C., and even many State capitols, “the land of the free” has become “the land of the oppressed.” Being able to drive a car, have a job, shop at a mall, watch sports on television, or even vote, is NOT the mark of a free people. Folks in China and other oppressed nations routinely do all of the above.

Virtually every activity once considered a “right” is now regulated or prohibited by either the federal or State and local government. Few states (thankfully, my home State of Montana is one of them) recognize the right of people to marry without getting a State marriage license. And can anyone imagine Paul Revere riding throughout Boston with a license plate and registration on his horse? And can anyone further imagine Sam Adams or those militiamen at Lexington and Concord registering a gun or being asked to get a concealed carry permit? Yeah, right!

In most urban settings, one cannot build a shed on their own property, add a room on their house, or even pour a driveway without asking a variety of government bureaucrats for permission–and paying them hundreds of dollars in fees, of course. And did you know that the federal government even tells your local plumbing contractor how many gallons of water your toilet can flush? Well, they do! You call this freedom? Our Founding Fathers wouldn’t have!

To answer the first part of the ostrich question, the freedoms we Americans have lost are literally too numerous to count. A recent report at the American Dream web site makes a very salient argument as to just how many freedoms have been lost in the good old U.S. of A.

The report states, “Once upon a time, our founders thought that they were guaranteeing our freedoms by adding a Bill of Rights to the Constitution.

“But today there are a lot of freedoms that we simply do not have any longer.

“In America today, you do not have the right to say whatever you want. If you say the wrong thing on a blog or a website it can have dramatic consequences.

“In America today, you do not have the right to do raise your own children as you see fit.

“In America today, you do not have the right to grow whatever food you want and you do not have the right to eat whatever food you do grow.

“In America today, you do not have the right to be free from unreasonable search and seizure.

“In America today, you do not have a right to privacy. In fact, you should expect that everything that you do is watched, tracked, monitored and recorded.”

The report then goes on to list several real-life examples to prove the assessments listed above.

See the American Dream report at:

http://tinyurl.com/6auqza3

And, of course, the ultimate symbol of a free people is the right to keep and bear arms. And while most states theoretically recognize a citizen’s right to own and possess a gun, the vast majority of them only do so–not as a right guaranteed to a free people by their Creator–but as a privilege granted to approved subjects by the limited benevolence of the State. At last count, only four states recognize the right of their citizens to keep and bear arms without any kind of State license: Alaska, Arizona, Vermont, and Wyoming. (For clarification, the State of Montana allows open carry Statewide and concealed carry in unincorporated areas, but people carrying concealed in incorporated cities, must have a CCW permit. We passed legislation this year to expunge the incorporated city CCW requirement, but our Democrat governor vetoed it. But Montana will be the fifth State soon!)

To view a current map of Constitutional Carry states, click here:

http://opencarry.org/constcarry.html

So, the next time you hear someone say, “What freedoms have we lost? We are the freest nation on earth,” why not give them a copy of this column? And then tell the ostrich to get his head out of the sand and his rump off the couch before the little remnant of freedom we have left is also completely eviscerated.

P.S. I want to introduce my readers to a very informative web site produced by my friend Jim Babka. It’s called DownsizeDC.org. I recommend you take a look. See it at:

http://www.downsizedc.org/

The Database: Why Criminal Governments Spy On Citizens - Friday, October 07, 2011

Brandon Smith
Alt-Market
October 6, 2011

At the very foundation of perhaps every modern day conflict between the expansive powers of unchecked bureaucracy and the dwindling freedoms of the ordinary citizen dwells the vital issue of privacy. Privacy and the right to hold personal and political views without being singled out and scrutinized by government is absolutely essential to any society which dares to deem itself “fair and just”. Ultimately, without the presence of these two liberties, and without people to defend them, a nation is ill equipped to circumvent the growth of tyranny, and anyone claiming to be “free” in the midst of such a culture is living a delusion of the highest order.

Often, social engineers attempt to direct debate over the issue of privacy towards rationalizations of relative morality, or artificially delineated priorities. We quibble over the level of government intrusion that should be tolerated for the sake of the “greater good”. We struggle with questions of bureaucratic reach, wondering at which point we should consider government a threat to the safety and liberty of the people, rather than a servant and protector. The dialogue always turns towards “how much” room government should be given to lumber about our personal lives. Rarely do we actually confront the idea that, perhaps, government should not be welcomed at all into such places.

Really, what makes a governmental entity so special that it should be allowed free access to the activities of the average citizen? Why should ANY intrusion of privacy be tolerated, let alone the kind that goes on today? Our most important concern is not how much leeway our government should be given to snoop into our pocket books, our medical records, our education, our political leanings, or our child rearing philosophies, but rather, whether or not they fulfill any purpose whatsoever through these actions. Is the government, as it exists now, even necessary, or does it cause only harm?

Under tyranny, privacy is usually the first right to be trampled in the name of public safety. Its destruction is incremental and its loss a victim of attrition in the wake of more immediate crisis. Disturbingly, many people become so fixated upon the threats of the moment that they lose complete track of the long term derailment of their own free will in progress. Government, no matter how corrupt, is seen as an inevitability. Conditioned by fear, desperation, insecurity, and sometimes greed, we begin to forget what it was like to live without prying eyes constantly over our shoulders. In the past decade alone, Americans have witnessed a substantial invasion of our individual privacy as well as a destabilization of the legal protections once designed to maintain it. Not just America, but most of the modern world has undergone a quiet program of surveillance and citizen cataloging that goes far beyond any sincere desire for “safety” and into the realm of technocratic domination.

Spying on U.S. citizens by a host of alphabet agencies has been going on for decades, but the actual cataloging of the public by government became most direct during WWII, which saw the use of the Census Bureau as a tool for collecting the names and residencies of Japanese Americans, as well as the highly illegal and unconstitutional internment of these innocents and their families:

http://www.scientificamerican.com/article.cfm?id=confirmed-the-us-census-b

The creation of lists designed to brand dissenters, activists, and even average passive persons has only become more prevalent since. From the McCarthy witch hunts (based on some real threats but skewed by McCarthy’s ignorance of the bigger picture), to the Cointelpro antics of the Vietnam era, government spying and cataloging has been a way of life and an expected prerequisite part of the relationship between citizenry and leadership. Though consistently opposed, surveillance has become ingrained into our social framework.

In 1978, the Foreign Intelligence Information Act (FISA) was signed by Jimmy Carter into law. The claimed purpose of this act was to confront the extensive abuses of power initiated by the Nixon administration, and to ensure that intelligence agencies were never used again as tools for suppressing political opposition or activist groups. Instead, the act merely became a cover for even more surveillance of American citizens. FISA’s use was expanded far beyond the realm of “foreign intelligence” by both the Bush and Obama Administrations to include vast warrantless wire tapping programs and internet monitoring against U.S. citizens in tandem with telecom companies who are now immune from civil litigation should their intrusions ever be discovered. In 2010, orders for FISA surveillance were up 19%, and not a single request was turned down. This included over 24,287 national security information requests by the FBI pertaining to over 14,000 U.S. persons:

http://www.fas.org/irp/agency/doj/fisa/2010rept.pdf

In 2002, the Bush Administration established the Information Awareness Office (IAO) under the supervision of the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA). Using what they call “Total Information Awareness”, and stemming from the usurping authority of the Patriot Act, this project’s purpose is to monitor vast swaths of domestic communication, as well as collect a massive database of the personal information of every U.S. citizen, including phone calls, emails, social networking records, medical records, and financial records without search warrant authorization:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2002/feb/18/september11.usa

In the UK, a national database including biometrics has been ordered for completion by 2017, including the issuance of a microchipped ID card:

http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/1580895/All-UK-citizens-in-ID-database-by-2017.html

A similar action has been taken by the government of India for citizens “below the poverty line”, supposedly, to make welfare programs easier to administer. Of course, nearly half of India’s population is under the international poverty line:

http://www.mit.gov.in/content/national-citizen-database

In 2009, the Russian government gave itself sweeping powers to spy on citizens, including unlimited access to all private mail without a warrant:

http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/europe/russia/5878430/Kremlin-gives-itself-powers-to-spy-on-all-Russian-mail.html

Last month, the Obama Administration launched a website called ‘Attack Watch’. Its purpose? To monitor and catalog all internet based opponents of the Obama presidency. Obama supporters can “report” attacks on the White House using the website by sending an email or twitter:

http://abcnews.go.com/blogs/politics/2011/09/obama-attack-watch-website-to-help-supporters-fight-back/

And most recently, the Federal Reserve itself launched a new strategy called the “Social Listening Platform”, which is designed to compile and monitor lists of Fed opponents and critics in a vast database, while at the same time watching billions of web conversations and blogs for negative influence against the central bank:

http://www.cnbc.com/id/44701381/The_Fed_Wants_to_Be_Your_Facebook_Friend

Obviously, the current levels of surveillance against citizens has gone way beyond the old excuse of “defense against terrorism”, and jaunted into the realm of Orwellian thought police. The Fed, for instance, has always claimed that its privately controlled banking structure is valuable to the U.S. government and the economy because it allows them a level of political independence that is useful in applying “objective” solutions to economic problems. Yet, they now insist on tracking the political views and opinions of their opponents in the general populace! This hardly sounds “objective” to me…

If the Fed wants to know what we think of them, they certainly don’t need to covertly monitor our communications or writings. All they have to do is ask us! Of course, this kind of tactic has less to do with knowing our opinions, and more to do with silencing our opinions.

To understand the concept of the subversion of dissent through surveillance, we must examine two factors. First, is the reality of the spying itself, which we just outlined clearly above. Second, are the common arguments and talking points used by the champions of Big Brother culture, and how nonsensical they can be. Let’s take a look some of these arguments now…

1) If You Have Nothing To Hide, Then You Have Nothing To Fear From Government Surveillance

At bottom, whether we have “something to hide” or not is none of the government’s concern unless they can provide probable cause. This issue is directly dealt with in the 4^th Amendment to the Constitution. It is NOT subject to wild interpretations or matters of stipulation. No national emergencies, wars, terrorist enemies, nor little green men from outer space take precedence over the rights of the individual to be secure from constant and unwarranted scrutiny. In a free country, all men are innocent until proven guilty, but in a surveillance slave culture, everyone is treated as a potential criminal.

2) Surveillance Makes Our Country Safer

Regardless of the society at risk, or the government involved, history has shown that the act of government spying is rarely if ever about citizen safety. Rather, it is invariably about protecting the establishment power structure itself, especially when that structure has committed heinous transgressions and criminal behavior that inspire the citizenry to overthrow it. The more offensive and corrupt the government, the more surveillance that government thrusts upon the public. Guaranteed. The safety provided by the state is, in general, an illusion, and the prevention of danger is hardly successful enough to warrant the faith that the populace places in the establishment. Citizens ultimately provide their own safety, or none at all. Governments cannot save you from danger, they can only give you a superficial sense of comfort. A social placebo to ease the constant paranoia they simultaneously strive to perpetuate.

3) The Authorities Already Know Everything About Us Anyway, So A Little More Surveillance Won’t Matter

The magic of faulty logic is apparent in its circular nature. One lie feeds into another until a complete, but erroneous, idea is born. Again, the question needs to be raised; what makes the inhabitants of government so trustworthy or upright that they deserve to expect full knowledge of our personal lives? What they know or do not know already is utterly irrelevant to this question. Being privy to public information databases does not qualify an individual to walk into your home, track your phone calls and emails, or place you on a list of undesirables. So, why should it be any different for a government?

4) Our Government Is Elected By The People, So If You Don’t Like Surveillance, Vote Them Out

The ignorance of this response is hopefully apparent to most readers. In an election dynamic controlled by a two party system in which both parties represent the top 1% or less of global elitists, and not the people, voting on the national level is hardly meaningful or effective. There is only one Ron Paul, and few others in government with similar convictions or principles. Therefore, regardless of how we vote, the system is designed to continue forward in the construction of a surveillance society. Our government today is NOT elected by the people. Not as long as the false left/right paradigm remains.

5) All Individuals Should Make Sacrifices For The Greater Good

The “greater good” is a matter of perspective. My definition is certainly much different from that of an elitist or a collectivist. Ideally, any widely applied view of this elusive greater good should be built upon the foundation of inherent conscience, and be driven by true sincerity and empathy for the future of humanity. This future, if it is to be any future worth living in, must include those liberties and desires for self determination that exist in every one of us. There is no group (an abstract concept) that is worth the sacrifice of these principles. There is no group that is worth more that the individuals which make its existence possible. The greater good then, logically, should revolve around the nurturing of strong individuals, without which, the group crumbles into chaos and dust. Supplanting individualism for the sake of a surveillance society always leads to such an end.

As stated above, government spying and cataloging of citizens is a means to several ends. It is meant to create fear, doubt, and self censorship. It is meant to divert attention away from the legitimate criminal behaviors of authorities and towards the inevitable and justifiable reactions of those in opposition. It is meant to create efficiency in subversion. Meaning, when smaller forces (corrupt governments) seek to destabilize and diminish larger forces (populations), efficiency of action is the key. By identifying, then targeting and defaming specific and prominent critics of the Fed, for example, rather than making broad based attacks on all of us, the central bank is more likely to dissuade the growth of dissent, and chill the air for leadership figures in the movement. That is, if they are successful…

The great anxiety here is one of “what if”? What if they target you? Or me? What happens then? My personal response; who cares! The more people who effectively endure as obstacles to centralization of control, the more people they have to add to their ridiculous lists. Eventually, with catalogs of millions cluttering the war room, the very tactic of government spying becomes futile. The key is to cast off the dread of the machine and realize that none of us is alone in the fight. The juggernaut is hollow. Its terrible roar is choked with smoke. It rolls forward only because we have not yet dared to stand in its path. It is weak, and indeed, we may find, its doubts are far heavier than ours.

You can contact Brandon Smith at: brandon@alt-market.com

To contribute to the growth of the Safe Haven Project, and to help us help others in relocating, or to support the creation of barter networks across the country, visit our donate page here:
http://www.alt-market.com/donate

Do you have enough Non-GMO seeds in case of economic collapse? Seeds are the OTHER alternative currency, and if you aren’t stocked, then you aren’t prepared. To buy top quality non-GMO seeds at a special 10% discount, visit Humble Seed, and use the code Alt10

NYPD and Seattle Police Beat Up Protesters - Thursday, October 06, 2011

Washington’s Blog
October 6, 2011

New York Police Beat Up Protesters AGAIN

Occupy Wall Street Arrests; Fox 5 Crew and Protesters Hit by Mace, Batons: MyFoxNY.com

As Alexander Higgins reports:

This video shows Luke Rudkowski and other Occupy Wall street protestors being beat with Batons by White Shirts as the NYPD pepper sprays other members of the crowd. [Rudkowski is the lead reporter for We Are Change.]
**
This photo shows the crowd being pepper spayed.

Seattle Police Rough Up Protesters

Also Seattle Police roughed up protesters today:

Ron Paul Message to Occupy Wall Street- LETS END THE FED! - Sunday, October 02, 2011

YouTube
Oct 1, 2011

A compilation of Ron Paul’s finest moments. What our Our Canadian government could learn, be they NDP, Liberals, or Conservatives that our Canadian sovereignty as a nation can not be compromised and the Influence peddling going on in Canada, will take our country down the same road as the US where America now is a dead country with no hope, due to greedy coruupt people in Government working to bring that country on it's knee's.

Think about it before it's too late!.

U.S.-Canada Perimeter Security and the Consolidation of North America - Tuesday, September 20, 2011

Dana Gabriel
Infowars.com
September 20, 2011

The U.S. and Canada are very close to unveiling a North American perimeter security deal that would promote greater integration between both countries. This includes expanding collaboration in areas of law enforcement and intelligence sharing which could dramatically affect sovereignty and privacy rights. While there is a need for more public scrutiny, incrementalism has been used to advance North American integration. In many ways this has kept the agenda under the radar. Much like NAFTA and the Security and Prosperity Partnership, a U.S.-Canada perimeter security agreement would represent another step in the consolidation of North America.

During his speech at a recent meeting of northern border states, U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder told participants that the U.S. and Canada are set to launch a pilot project next year which will allow law enforcement officers to operate on both sides of the border. Holder explained that, “the creation of ‘NextGen’ teams of cross-designated officers would allow us to more effectively identify, assess, and interdict persons and organizations involved in transnational crime.” He went on to say, “In conjunction with the other provisions included in the Beyond the Border Initiative, such a move would enhance our cross-border efforts and advance our information-sharing abilities.” The declaration, Beyond the Border: Shared Vision for Perimeter Security and Economic Competitiveness issued by President Barack Obama and Prime Minister Stephen Harper last February, identified joint law enforcement operations and information sharing as a high priority. There are already examples of what we could expect from a security perimeter as some Canadians have been denied entry into the U.S. after their records of mental illness were shared with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security.

While further details of the new joint law enforcement project are not yet available, Stuart Trew of the Council of Canadians pointed out that the plans are well advanced. This prompted him to question, “why is Harper consulting with Canadians on a done deal? We haven’t had a chance to yea or nay the perimeter agreement which is expected to be released as an ‘action plan’ within weeks. But a pilot project that legalizes and normalizes US policing activities in Canada is already set to begin next year.” He added that this confirms, “the Harper government will use its limited public consultations earlier this year to move ahead quickly with whatever new cross-border policing and information sharing commitments it wants, regardless of privacy and other concerns.” Last month, the Canadian government released two reports which summarized public input received concerning regulatory cooperation, as well as security and trade across the border. While improving the movement of goods and people was the priority for business groups, many individuals expressed concerns over the loss of sovereignty, along with the protection of personal information.

On top of announcing plans to create teams of cross-designated officers, Attorney General Eric Holder took time to praise bilateral relations between the two countries, but acknowledged, “there are areas in which the U.S. and Canada can enhance cooperation in criminal investigations and prosecutions. And I believe we must consider how extradition, and mutual legal assistance, processes could be streamlined.” He also stated, “As Canada’s national government considers various anti-crime policies and approaches, we will continue working to implement a comprehensive anti-crime framework.” Does this mean that as part of a security perimeter, Canada would have to change its legal system to better reflect U.S. laws? As the fall session of Parliament gets underway, the Harper government is set to table tough new criminal reform legislation.

In the report entitled Shared Vision or Myopia: The Politics of Perimeter Security and Economic Competitiveness, former Foreign Service officer Gar Pardy warns that a perimeter security deal with the U.S. could sacrifice Canadians privacy while doing nothing to improve the flow of trade across the border. In his report, Pardy reveals that “The concessions the Americans want is the transfer of enormous amounts of information about Canadians and others about whom Canada collects information. It is evident that to meet such expectations Canadian privacy laws will need to be ignored, violated or weakened.” He also stated that, “The Shared Vision approach essentially promotes the idea that in order to restore the status quo ante implicit in the free trade agreements there have to be large political concessions by Canada that will satisfy American security concerns.” This could explain the Conservative government’s announcement that it will reintroduce anti-terrorism measures which have expired and are on par with sections of the liberty-stripping U.S. Patriot Act. The move is tied to plans for a security perimeter and is aimed more at satisfying U.S. fears.

In his report released by the Rideau Institute, Gar Pardy also warns that, “when Canada–United States privacy protection principles are under bilateral discussion, privacy protection will not be increased. A more likely result is that existing Canadian privacy laws, as flawed as they are, will erode to meet the demands of the United States.” As part of his report, he recommended measures that would better protect privacy rights and encourage transparency. This included all new agreements with the U.S. affecting the privacy rights of Canadians, be reviewed by the Privacy Commissioner. Pardy called for the creation of a single authority to oversee all federal police and security organizations participating in information transfers between both countries. He also recommended a separate treaty that would protect personal information transferred to the U.S. for national security purposes. With regards to a perimeter security deal, Pardy concluded that, “If Canadian concessions on security and privacy rules do result in the lessening of American border restrictions and controls then such results would always be hostage to future events over which Canada has no control.”

It is important to keep in mind that the move towards a North American security perimeter is being done without congressional or parliamentary approval. There is no reason to trust that our governments will strike any kind of balance between security and freedom. That is why it is imperative that we demand more transparency and input. With a joint action plan expected to be released soon, it is my hope that Canadians and Americans will reject any perimeter security deal that reduces privacy rights and further puts our sovereignty at risk.

Tenth Amendment ‘Terrorism’ - Friday, September 16, 2011

Government will never be limited unless the citizens take matters into their own hands.

Thomas J. DiLorenzo
LewRockwell.com
September 16, 2011

Congressman Jesse Jackson, Jr. is terrified. He is terrified that the American public has started to believe that they are the masters rather than the servants of their own government. He is terrified that they may have started to think that the old Jeffersonian dictum that governments derive their just powers from the consent of the governed is not such a bad idea. Most of all, he is terrified that the public will act on these beliefs, organize themselves into political communities at the state level, and oppose socialized healthcare, endless “stimulus” spending by the federal government, and the never-ending expansion of the welfare state.

“I have introduced an Economic Bill of Rights!”, he whined, while bemoaning citizen opposition to this hoary socialistic scheme. That’s why he is doing what all Democrats seem to do these days – insinuating that anyone who holds such beliefs is either a racist, as he did in a recent speech, or a member of a “hate group” (or both).

There are a lot of black people on welfare, you see, so that in the mind of Jesse Jackson, Jr., (and his friends at the Southern Poverty Law Center and other Democratic Party appendages), the only conceivable reason why anyone would ever criticize the welfare state is racial hatred. The Obama regime promised a “post-racial America” while working diligently with all of its supporters to create a hyper-racial America instead.

In his recent bloviation Congressman Jackson bemoaned the fact that politicians like Governor Rick Perry of Texas have been talking a lot lately about states’ rights and the Tenth Amendment as tools with which ordinary Americans can oppose the corrupt, imperious regime in Washington, D.C. This of course is the very reason why Thomas Jefferson believed that the Tenth Amendment (“The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the states respectively, or to the people”) was the cornerstone of the U.S. Constitution and the key to creating what he called “an empire of liberty.” The clearest example of this Jeffersonian states’ rights tradition is the first section of Jefferson’s famous Kentucky Resolution of 1798 (written by Jefferson at the request of his friend, Senator John Breckenridge of Kentucky) which announced that the citizens of Kentucky would not abide by the unconstitutional Sedition Act that was being enforced by the Adams administration. The Sedition Act essentially outlawed free political speech in America by making it a crime punishable by prison for criticizing the Adams administration. Section 1 of the “Kentucky Resolve” reads as follows:

Resolved, that the several States composing the United States of America, are not united on the principles of unlimited submission to their General Government; but that by compact under the style and title of a Constitution for the United States and of amendments thereto, they constituted a General Government for special purposes, delegated to that Government certain definite powers, reserving each State to itself, the residuary mass of right to their own self Government; and that whensoever the General Government assumes undelegated powers, its acts are unauthoritative, void, and of no force . . . . the Government created by this compact was not made the exclusive or final judge of the extent of the powers delegated to itself; since that would have made its discretion, and not the Constitution, the measure of its powers . . . (emphasis added).

This, along with the Tenth Amendment, is the essence of the Jeffersonian states’ rights philosophy. During Jefferson’s term as president the New England states used the language of the Kentucky Resolve to nullify the trade embargo that Jefferson attempted to enforce after the British confiscated American ships and conscripted American sailors. (He believed that a trade embargo, as damaging as it was, was a better alternative than another war with Great Britain). All of New England, plus Delaware, nullified the embargo as an unconstitutional usurpation of federal power, and used Jefferson’s own language to justify their actions.

New Englanders also refused to participate in the War of 1812 by refusing to send militia troops by citing once again Jefferson’s Kentucky Resolve. Many states assisted President Andrew Jackson in is political battle with the Bank of the United States (which he eventually de-funded) by trying to tax branches of the BUS out of existence. Ohio took the lead, with its legislature announcing that “the States have an equal right to interpret the Constitution for themselves” and that Ohio would withdraw “the protection and aid of the laws of the State” from the BUS (see James J. Kilpatrick, The Sovereign States, p. 152). And of course South Carolina famously invoked the Jeffersonian states’ rights tradition to nullify the hated 1828 “Tariff of Abominations.”

Congressman Jackson sees it all very differently. He views states’ rights not through the eyes of a student of American history who is familiar with such facts. Instead, he views states’ rights from the viewpoint of what he is, namely, a Chicago political hack who never hesitates to use the “race card” to try to get his way in politics. Like father, like son. Accordingly, he recently proclaimed that Governor Perry – or anyone else who invokes the Tenth Amendment as a political strategy – must be inflicted by the basest of motives. “It was the Tenth Amendment and States’ Rights that protected the institution of slavery,” he shouted. In fact, the exact opposite is true.

Slavery existed in all states when the federal Constitution was ratified in 1789 and was protected by it until the states ratified the Thirteenth Amendment in 1866. That’s seventy-seven years of slavery protection by the federal government. In addition, the federal Fugitive Slave Act (which was very strongly supported by Abraham Lincoln) socialized the cost of enforcing the slave system by forcing the citizens of states were slavery no longer existed to capture runaway slaves and return them to their owners. Congressman Jackson is apparently unaware that this was a federal government program.

More importantly, it was the Jeffersonian states’ rights tradition that was invoked to oppose the Fugitive Slave Act in the form of various “personal liberty laws” at the state level. In response to the Fugitive Slave Act of 1850 Vermont, Rhode Island, Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, Wisconsin, Kansas, Ohio, and Pennsylvania all passed state laws that prohibited the use of the state’s jails for detaining fugitive slaves. They also provided legal counsel for persons accused of being fugitive slaves; gave fugitive slaves the right of Habeas Corpus and trial by jury; required the identity of the alleged fugitive to be documented by two witnesses; prohibited the states from offering any assistants to the claimants; and imposed heavy fines for attempting to claim that a free black person was in fact a slave.

Another false claim that Congressman Jackson made in his recent anti-Tenth Amendment outburst was that when the Southern states seceded they committed “an act of treason.” Once again, he gets it exactly backwards. The U.S. Constitution has a very clear definition of treason in Article 3, Section 3: “Treason against the United States shall consist only in levying War against them, or in adhering to their Enemies, giving them aid and comfort.” As in all the founding documents, the words “United States” are always in the plural, signifying that the document is referring to what the Declaration of Independence called “the free and independent states.” “Levying war against them” means levying war against the free and independent states, or giving aid and comfort to “their” enemies.

Abraham Lincoln never conceded that secession was legal. He therefore committed treason by levying war upon the Southern states, which never legally left the union as far as he was concerned. It was the Lincoln regime’s invasion of the Southern states that was the very definition of treason under the U.S. Constitution. Congressman Jackson follows a long line of conniving statists, beginning with Daniel Webster himself, who have chosen to ignore the actual constitutional definition of treason while redefining the term to mean the opposite – opposition to the unconstitutional usurpations of the federal government.

Government will never be limited unless the citizens take matters into their own hands by resurrecting the states’ rights mechanisms of nullification, interposition, and secession.

3-Year-Olds Branded “Racist,” “Homophobic” Put In Government Database - Thursday, September 15, 2011

Kids’ future careers jeopardized by committing hate crime of saying the word “gay”

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Thursday, September 15, 2011

Over 30,000 British schoolchildren, some as young as three, have had their names registered on a government database and branded “racist” or “homophobic” for using playground insults, infractions that could impact their future careers.

The shocking figures were disclosed after civil liberties group the Manifesto Club made a Freedom of Information Act request which betrayed the fact that kids who used petty jibes are now being treated as thought criminals by education authorities.

34,000 incidents of “racism” in total were reported for the year 2009-2010, with nursery school toddlers as young as three being put on a state database for using the words “gay” and “lesbian”. One child who called another “broccoli head” was also reported to authorities. Other cases included a child who used the word “gaylord,” while another who told a teacher “this work is gay,” was also added to the thought crime database.

The majority of the reported cases involved primary school children.

“The record can be passed from primaries to secondaries or when a pupil moves between schools,” reports the Daily Mail.

“And if schools are asked for a pupil reference by a future employer or a university, the record could be used as the basis for it, meaning the pettiest of incidents has the potential to blight a child for life.”

Schools are being pressured to report such incidents to authorities and face punishments for not doing so under anti-bullying policies.

This is a clear example of how hate crime laws have brazenly been hijacked by the state to get children institutionalized on criminal databases at an early age. This is about the state dictating what your child can think and say – it’s the thought police on steroids.

Orwell talked about the state reducing language via Newspeak in his book 1984. By eliminating the very words that come out of children’s mouths and punishing them for thinking certain thoughts, all critical thinking is ultimately abolished, and Big Brother assumes the supreme power to dictate reality – a dictatorship over our very minds.

British Footballer Under Investigation for 9/11 Comments - Wednesday, September 14, 2011

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
September 14, 2011

The Liverpool Football Club says it will investigate Nathan Eccleston for comments the athlete made about the September 11 attacks. Eccleston is a striker for the Liverpool team.

“I ain’t going to say attack don’t let the media make u believe that was terrorist that did it. #OTIS,” Eccleston posted on Twitter. OTIS is apparently short for “Only The Illuminati Succeed.”

In response to criticism of his comment, the footballer said: “If you don’t like what I have to say un follow me!! Some things get took way out of context.”

Twitter subsequently removed the tweet.

Eccleston has over 39,000 followers on the social-networking site, according to the BBC.

“The club takes this matter extremely seriously and senior club officials have informed Nathan Eccleston that we are undertaking an investigation into the circumstances surrounding these postings and will decide on an appropriate course of action,” the Liverpool Football Club said in a statement.

CBS Sports speculated that the comments may be an issue because the club is owned by an American, John Henry, who also owns the Boston Red Sox.

The controversy over Eccleston’s comment, made on the tenth anniversary of the event, reveals that disagreeing with the official fairy tale version of events may endanger your career.

In July, Rashard Mendenhall of the Pittsburgh Steelers lost an endorsement deal with the athletic wear company Champion for comments the running back made about Osama bin Laden on Twitter.

Also in July, the principal intelligence analyst for the South Yorkshire Police, Tony Farrell, was fired after he remarked that the 9/11 and 7/7 attacks in London appeared to be inside jobs.

In 2007, it was rumored that entertainer Rosie O’Donnell was sacked from the popular television show The View after a video of her questioning the official 9/11 version was discovered on YouTube.

Failure to embrace the establishment’s narrative – Muslims defying the laws of physics, cave dwellers forcing NORAD to stand down, and dozens of unexplained incongruities surrounding the event – may also result in arrest.

The establishment media routinely dismisses 9/11 truth activists as mentally ill or suggests they should be arrested, sent to concentrations camps and tortured with tasers.

Canada will pay a steep price in border talks - Monday, September 12, 2011

Gar Pardy
Ottawa Citizen
September 12, 2011

Last February Prime Minister Stephen Harper and President Barack Obama signed a joint declaration Beyond the Border: A Shared Vision for Perimeter Security and Economic Competitiveness. The declaration stated both countries intended to “pursue a perimeter approach to security” in order to “accelerate the legitimate flow of people, goods and services” and to do so in ways that would “support economic competitiveness, job creation, and prosperity.”

There was little public discussion of the ideas in the declaration at the time but in recent weeks there have been several supportive opinion pieces on the subject. For example, one former Canadian ambassador to the United States called it “the first, potentially major, bilateral initiative in more than two decades.”

For the most part these articles concentrate on the border issues which “frustrate rather than facilitate trade.” Largely missing from the public discussion is any understanding of the price that would be paid by Canadians to open wider border doors for Canadian trucks and services.

So who are the terrorists, looks like the governments are getting caught with their pants down again - Monday, September 12, 2011

Facebook Commissar Warns Infowars Reporter About Political Posts

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
September 12, 2011

Infowars.com reporter Darrin McBreen was instructed by the “Facebook Team” to not voice his political opinion on the popular social networking site.

“Be careful making about making political statements on facebook,” McBreen was told in an email, “facebook is about building relationships not a platform for your political viewpoint. Don’t antagonize your base. Be careful and congnizat (sic) of what you are preaching.”

Facebook sent the message in relation to a comments posted about “Is living off the Grid now a crime?,” an article about “nuisance abatement teams” intimidating people who have decided to disconnect from the power grid in California.

The message provides further evidence that Facebook is not only monitoring discussions, but also feels compelled to warn users about the supposed inappropriateness of their political viewpoints, especially if they deviate from prepackaged left-vs-right political viewpoints propagated by the establishment.

The misspelling contained in the comment indicates it is probably not a boiler-plated message but was written specifically in response to the discussion.

The Facebook is message received by McBreen is intimidation, pure and simple. Thousands of Facebook users utilize the site to push political agendas.

For instance, Obama has a Facebook page and his photo is emblazoned with “2012,” indicating that he will seek to be reelected to political office. Nancy Pelosi’s page identifies her as a “Government Official” and the top post on her page is about Obama’s politicalized “jobs” program.

Facebook obviously is a political platform. It is only an issue when Infowars.com and other politically incorrect individuals and groups post political content.

But Facebook is not merely a political platform in addition to a social one. It is also a spook platform designed for intelligence gathering.

Facebook’s funding can be traced back to the CIA through the venture capital firm Accel Partners. Its manager James Breyer was formerly chairman of the National Venture Capital Association and served on the board with Gilman Louie, CEO of In-Q-Tel, the CIA’s venture capital firm. Anita Jones is also associated with the company. She sat on the In-Q-Tel’s board and was director of Defense Research and Engineering for the Pentagon and served as an adviser to the Secretary of Defense and was involved in the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA). Before it was closed down after it was made public and drew an outraged response from civil libertarians, DARPA ran the Information Awareness Office, a sprawling data-mining scheme.

In-Q-Tel has invested in Visible Technologies, a software firm that specializes in monitoring the internet. “Visible Technologies examines more than half a million websites a day, looking through more than a million posts and interactions happening on blogs, in online forums and on popular social media sites such as Twitter, YouTube, Flickr and Amazon,” The Telegraph reported in 2009.

Although not widely reported by the corporate media, Facebook has now implemented facial recognition software, the latest high-tech gizmo in service to the spook-state.

“The new facial recognition technology, which was announced in December but only introduced to a small test group, is basically Facebook’s way of creating a huge, photo-searchable database of its users. And yes, it’s terrifying,” writes PCWorld. “Facial recognition technology will ultimately culminate in the ability to search for people using just a picture. And that will be the end of privacy as we know it – imagine, a world in which someone can simply take a photo of you on the street, in a crowd, or with a telephoto lens, and discover everything about you on the internet.”

CBS has capitalized on the in-your-face surveillance state in a promotion of a fall drama called “Person of Interest” by exploiting interactive billboards and installing them in New York City and Los Angeles. The billboards take photo of people and “the person’s face is incorporated into the display. The photo is accompanied by a phone number and identification number to text-message. If the person sends the text, they receive a link to their ‘classified file’ and can post the photo on Facebook or Twitter,” explains The Wall Street Journal.

Darrin McBreen’s experience reveals that Facebook not only is in the business of data-mining and surveillance, but also in select instances of informing the targets of that surveillance that they are being watched, a tactic often used by the Stasi and secret police in other totalitarian states.

Thus a seemingly friendly act of instruction on how not to antagonize fellow users of the service becomes an act of political intimidation by an organization with documented links to the CIA and the Pentagon.

Big Sis’ Latest Terrorist; Another White, Middle Class American - Saturday, September 10, 2011

PSA’s encouraging Americans to report on each other coincide with dubious terror alert

Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet.com
Friday, September 9, 2011

A Department of Homeland Security PSA now airing on cable news networks depicts yet another white, middle class American as the most likely terrorist, continuing a clear trend of Big Sis characterizing her primary political opposition as domestic extremists and coinciding with a dubious terror alert.

The video shows a well-dressed white man leaving a bag on a train before exiting onto the platform. The PSA is part of the “See Something, Say Something” campaign which encourages people to report “suspicious activity,” and yet the only people seen engaging in suspicious activity in the vast majority of scenarios put to film by the DHS have been well-dressed, white American citizens.

Although produced back in April, the PSA is now airing on cable news networks and other platforms to coincide with the tenth anniversary of 9/11.

As we have documented at length, the Department of Homeland Security has produced a series of PSA’s which deliberately portray white middle class Americans as the most likely terrorists. Although the federal agency later denied the clips had any racial overtones, in one such PSA, in 12 out of 15 of the scenarios depicted, the suspects are white. In addition, of the people depicted as patriotic Americans for reporting the terrorists, only one of them is white, while seven are from minorities.

The Southern Poverty Law Center, which is tied at the hip with Homeland Security, later admitted that the DHS videos featured, “mostly white “terrorists,” while the actors portraying citizens who report their suspicious activities are all minorities,” yet labeled Alex Jones paranoid for pointing out the disconnect between Big Sis homing in on whites as the big terror threat despite the fact that in 2009 and 2010, of the 126 people who were indicted on terrorist-related charges in the United States, all of them were Muslim.

According to the SPLC, it is not Homeland Security, but Alex Jones who has “crossed the Rubicon of race,” for believing the “conspiracy theory” that the feds think “whites are the new Al Qaeda,” even as Homeland Security itself produces video after video portraying whites as the most likely terrorists.

The controversy even prompted television star and conservative political icon Chuck Norris to warn that the federal government had changed its, “strategy from catching foreign terrorists to targeting white middle-class Americans who are against big government as terrorists.”

Norris said the PSA’s were part of the Obama administration’s political move to demonize “tea partyers, anti-Fed activists and even veterans,” as dangerous domestic radicals.

In highlighting the DHS’ obvious efforts to deliberately portray white people as the most likely terrorists, whether for political correctness or as part of a demonization agenda, those merely bringing attention to the issue have been accused of racism, when in reality the federal government is the only entity deliberately fostering racism by repeatedly portraying white middle class Americans as terrorists.

The PSA’s are now receiving widespread airplay on cable news networks over the tenth anniversary week of 9/11, coinciding with a dubious warning put out by the DHS that terrorists could be planning to blow up bridges or tunnels in New York, alerts that have routinely proven to be hyped, flimsy and outright manufactured in the past.

Watch the other Department of Homeland Security PSA’s below. They think you the people are just plain stupid and can't see past their propaganda in order to help brainwash you into giving up all your freedoms.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=K7q3bWEvl7o

http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=qml7obNdmgk

9/11 In-Depth: Suppressed Academic Evidence Presented at Toronto International Hearings - Thursday, September 08, 2011

International Center for 9/11 Studies
September 7, 2011

(PRNewswire) – Recent opinion polls show that nearly half of New Yorkers continue to doubt the official account of 9/11: that’s 10 million people.

It’s not hard to understand why.

Military billions justified by 9/11 continue to deplete a fragile world economy – yet persistent doubts plague the official story while governments and the media remain silent.

The 9/11 Commission, run by White House insider Philip Zelikow, was resisted for 441 days until 2003 – then given a paltry $15 million to investigate the largest tragedy in American history (the Challenger space shuttle investigation cost $175 million.)

When the 9/11 Commission Report finally appeared in 2004, Harper’s cried fraud, referring to “a series of evasive maneuvers that infantilize the audience, transform candor into iniquity, and conceal realities that demand immediate inspection and confrontation.”

Since then an international body of qualified independent researchers has taken up the slack.

The resulting mass of evidence has never before reached the mainstream media, and is so vast that it must be released in stages.

The first round of evidence to be presented has been meticulously screened for accuracy by the international group of academics running the Toronto Hearings.

Sponsored by the International Center for 9/11 Studies, this initial offering from scholars, scientists, engineers, military officers, and political scientists will be read into the historical record from September 8-11, 2011 at Ryerson University.

It will be streamed live in its entirety from torontohearings.org

Other initiatives supported by the Toronto Hearings include former Senator Mike Gravel’s 2012 California Ballot Initiative and the Investigate Building 7 campaign.

Gravel, who along with Daniel Ellsberg was instrumental in releasing the Pentagon Papers, will be among the witnesses testifying.

Though judges from other lands have called for a full investigation into 9/11, no open, transparent judicial hearings questioning the US Government story have yet taken place.

The sessions will be heard by a distinguished panel of judges, including Mr. Ferdinando Imposimato, Honorary President of the Italian Supreme Court, and will be moderated by Dr. Michael Keefer (Canada) and Dr. Matthew Witt (US).

The Final Report will be edited by American attorney James Gourley.

Website: http://torontohearings.org/

A significant portion of the international community feels that a careful and critical reflection on the events of September 11, 2001 is now required, given that these events have been the pretext for invasions and human rights violations throughout much of the world. The International Center for 9/11 Studies is sponsoring four days of citizen Hearings in Toronto, Canada on the 10th anniversary of the events of 9/11. To a distinguished panel of international citizens, expert witnesses will testify that official investigations into 9/11 have failed to describe and account for the 9/11 events. A final report consisting of the testimonies and the conclusions of panelists will be issued for citizens across the world.

A call for support is made in this important video.

The Cover-up and Lies that mainstream media and governments push - Thursday, September 08, 2011

The Matrix of Macro-Memory Masks The Machiavellian Murderers on 9/11: How Manufactured Memories Make Masses of Men Into Mud For The Masters of Myth

Saman Mohammadi
The Excavator
September 7, 2011

“Till one morning everything blazed:
one morning bonfires
sprang out of earth
and devoured the living;
since then, only fire,
since then, the blood and the gunpowder,
ever since then.” – Pablo Neruda, from the poem, “A Few Things Explained.”

Since September 11, 2001, a memory-industrial complex has emerged in America, Israel and Western society that seeks to cover up the truth of the events on that day and impose a false historical narrative on society.

Constructing false memories of transformative events for a society and false narratives about history is a tricky business, but in the right hands it is an art. Memory construction goes way beyond any traditional understanding of state propaganda. It enters the territory of the divine, where government is god and what it says is the final truth.

Washington’s purpose of constructing the memories and beliefs about 9/11 and terrorism is to conceal the real impetus behind U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East and its radical domestic laws in the post-9/11 political universe.

The memory-industrial complex includes the presstitute media, intelligence agencies, academia, Hollywood, think tanks, marketing companies, politicians, writers, and entertainers. They are the trusted guardians of the official lies and official history.

Ten years after 9/11, the media’s role as the ideological engineers of human thought and mass memory is being understood more and more as it completely divorces itself from reality and defiantly defends political myths against scientific truths.

Journalist and author Stephen Lendman writes in his article, “Media Manipulation of 9/11 Truth”:

To this day, 9/11 mythology remains official dogma on air and in print. As a result, most Americans remain unaware of the biggest lie of our time and its horrific consequences, touching their lives directly.

Academia also plays a central role in constructing a public mythology about the 9/11 events and reaffirming the government lie that radical Islamic terrorists are the culprits behind the attacks.

There is no freedom of speech in Western universities or schools. Paul Joseph Watson explains in his article, “Official 9/11 Fable To Become Part Of School Curriculum,” about how freedom of thought is coming under attack in British schools, where organizations and groups are telling teachers to instruct kids to avoid alternative explanations about the 9/11 attacks. Watson writes:

In a week where the establishment is desperate to reinforce the official 9/11 fable, a government-supported charity group has embarked on a mission to include the state-approved version of events on the school curriculum in the UK as part of a bid to “demolish conspiracy theories” surrounding the attacks.

Officialdom’s war against alternative perspectives of history is a sign that it is weak and afraid of the truth getting out. But stigmatizing “conspiracy theorists” for not believing government liars hasn’t worked for a decade, and it is unlikely to start working now.

American philosopher and author Robert Anton Wilson said we live in neo-authoritarian times. Our societies are ruled similar to how societies were ruled in the Dark Ages and the era of Kings, Popes and Tsars, when the government’s authority over history and truth was absolute.

Wilson said that Vice President Dick Cheney and the Bush administration presented America with a warped logic by differentiating political views between “true, false and despicable.” In an interview shortly before his death, Wilson said:

“The true statements are the ones the government makes. The false statements are the ones the enemies abroad make. And the despicable statements are the ones that we’re not supposed to think about at all.

I’m not sure he [Cheney] thinks he can stop us from thinking about it, but he wants to stop us from talking about it anyway. I heard him on CNN a week or so ago and he was asked about criticisms of the Bush administration and he described them as despicable.

Yes is what you can prove. No is what you can disprove. And despicable is what you can’t even test. You’re not allowed to test it. It’s the modern equivalent of the Catholic term “heretical.” You’re not supposed to think about it at all.” (Quote is from Wilson’s interview in TSOG: Tsarist Occupation Government.)

The authoritarian state’s power comes from its capability to compel people to believe its lies. Authoritarians like Cheney, Paul Wolfowitz, and other members of the Washington establishment are experts in the manipulative art of political memory. They see themselves not just as actors of history, as Karl Rove told Ron Suskind in the New York Times, but as creators of history. In their eyes they are gods and the people are trash.

It is a profound revelation that our lives are dominated by government liars, and that the history we think we know is all a lie.

Collective memory is society’s most sacred resource. Messing around with people’s memories to gain profit and power is a crime that is unrivalled by all others because collective memories justify acts of organized evil and criminality against innocent human beings.

The politically constructed memory of 9/11 as an attack by radical Muslims against America has been exploited to invade innocent countries, enact authoritarian laws in the West, and plunder public finances.

Challenging the official memory of the 9/11 attacks is a task that the International Toronto Hearings is performing this week, which is starting on Thursday, September 8, 2011, and ends on Sunday, September 11, 2001.

What we choose to remember about the past, both individually and collectively, says a lot about our values, our knowledge of our society, our image of ourselves and our leaders, and our aspirations for the future.

There is an extensive literature on the political uses of collective memory and public memorials by the totalitarian regimes in East Germany and the Soviet Union. In a book review of, “Memory and Power in Post-War Europe: Studies in the Presence of the Past,” edited by Jan-Werner Muller, Steven P. Remy writes:

“The second half of the twentieth century has been a fruitful ﬁeld for memory studies given its legacy of wars, genocides, imperialism and failed political experiments. Now nearly every nation can claim a ‘memory problem’, as contested interpretations of the past pervade the landscape of political, legal and cultural discourse from Santiago to Seoul.” (1).

Dick Cheney’s recently published memoir, “In My Time,” can be understood in the context of the political construction of memory for the justification of illegal policies.

Cheney is putting his signature on his time in a last ditch effort to erase his crimes from the pages of history and persuade the American people that he did nothing wrong. Rumsfeld and Bush sought to accomplish the same political objectives with their memoirs.

Memoirs tell a story, and stories have tremendous political consequences. Hollywood doesn’t just entertain, it molds the thoughts and perceptions of society. Henry L. Roediger III and James V. Wertsch, co-authors of the article, “Creating a new discipline of memory studies,” explain that the stories that regimes and rulers tell the people impact their emotions, lives, choices, and destinies. They write:

“Wertsch (2002) has argued that underlying ‘schematic narrative templates’ organize much of how a group recounts its past. In Russia, for example, the ‘expulsion of foreign enemies’ narrative template is invoked when talking about many events from the past. Employing this narrative template means that events are emplotted such that they start in a setting where Russian people are living peacefully in their own land, minding their own business. A great threat then appears in the form of a foreign enemy. This threat is massive and may come close to destroying Russian civilization, but in the end the Russian people rise up and, through great effort and sacriﬁce, manage to expel the foreign enemy. This template provides a tool in what Bartlett (1932) termed the ‘effort after meaning’ and provides a collective interpretation of the Mongols of the 13th century, King Charles XII of Sweden in the 17th century, Napoleon in the 19th century, Hitler in the 20th century, and even communism in the Soviet period. National narratives of one sort or another (Wertsch, 2005) help organize historical memories of a people and are embedded in the literature, the customs, the politics and the ways of thinking of peoples all over the earth.” (2).

The 9/11 story is the defining story of our time. There are unending wars because of the lie. Millions of lives have been ruined. Individual rights have been destroyed. It has impacted the destiny of nations, and of human civilization.

Clarke E. Cochran, a professor of political science at Texas Tech University, says in his article, “Joseph and the Politics of Memory,” that memory is an essential aspect of social cohesion and collective identity. He writes:

“Carefully crafted stories provide structure to the memories of a community. It is not enough for the survival of a community that memories come randomly; rather, the remembering on which a community’s life and identity depend are intentional; they depend upon acts of willed remembrance.” (3).

In the Iran-Iraq war in the 1980s, Iranian clerics used the story of the Battle of Karbala, in which Hussain ibn Ali was slaughtered by the tyrant Yazid I, to embolden the spirits of young Iranian fighters and encourage them to follow the path of martyrdom.

The tactic worked, it kept Iranian’s territorial integrity intact and preserved Khomeini’s revolution. If America and Israel attack Iran the story of Hussain ibn Ali’s defiance against tyranny will be retold a thousand times in Iran. The spirit of the Braveheart of the East will be reborn.

During times of war, a culture’s stories of sacrifice and bravery are useful and need to be remembered. But there is a danger that the rulers of the kingdom will exploit the emotional impact of such stories and needlessly lead soldiers to their deaths. I think Iran’s ruling clerics were guilty of this sin in the Iran-Iraq war.

“The ways in which a people remembers its founding event,” says Cochran, “are vital to a regime’s politics.” The Iran-Iraq war was the big event that secured the Islamic regime’s power over Iranian society and gave it popular legitimacy.

By comparison, the 9/11 attacks was the event that gave greater power to the U.S. shadow government and America’s treacherous rulers. How we remember both events is significant because Iran and America are on a collision course with each other, and an apocalyptic war is not out of the question.

We need to radically re-examine the tensions that exist between both countries and re-open the pages of history.

I believe it is our spiritual and intellectual duty as individuals to educate ourselves and question what we put into our minds. We know our schools, governments and the media have failed us. But what matters is that we do not fail ourselves and future generations. At the end of the day, it is about taking personal responsibility for one’s beliefs and thoughts.

The tyrants can call what we are doing individually and collectively, “conspiracy theorizing,” but that doesn’t change the reality that we are preserving the real history and truth of our age.

When peace comes at last to the world, she will be riding on the horse of truth.

Notes:

1. Remy, Steven P. “Book Reviews: Review of Jan-Werner Muller (ed.), Memory and Power in Post-War Europe: Studies in the Presence of the Past.” Nations and Nationalism 10.3 (2004): 388-389. Print.

2. Roediger, Henry L and Wertsch, James V. “Creating a new discipline of memory studies.”Memory Studies 1.1 (2008): 9-22. Print. Pg. 13

3. Cochran, Clarke E. “Joseph and the Politics of Memory.” The Review of Politics 64 (2002): 421-444. Print. Pg. 438-439.

United States of Europe: Globalist Plan to Eradicate Sovereignty - Wednesday, September 07, 2011

The globalists are now pushing their end game plan for a One World Government in response to the manufactured euro crisis. Described as a "United States of Europe," the scheme "frighteningly parallels plans by top Nazis" who were determined to build a continent-wide economic government, Paul Joseph Watson writes for Prison Planet.com.

British leader David Cameron donned the cape of so-called "Euro-skepticism" in an effort to push the idea of a common European economic union ahead of a manufactured crisis spearheaded by bankster contrived sovereign debt.

In Brussels, bigwig economists – including Nouriel Roubini and Nobel laureate Joseph Stiglitz – and former national leaders argue that the only way out for individual European states is to transfer sovereignty and create a United States of Europe (undoubtedly minus a United States Constitution and Bill of Rights).

"Collectively, they said today's masters of Europe need to swallow national pride and accept new, mutualised 'eurobond' government borrowings, sovereign debt write-downs and a federal future," reports AFP.

A "fiscal union" is required, writes John Mauldin, because "there is no mechanism or will to provide the EU with enough power to create a semi-federal system of taxation, transfers and spending."

Europe needs a dictator, of sorts, argued outgoing European Central Bank chief Jean-Claude Trichet, "a confederal finance minister" who would "impose decisions" on a confederated Europe and override national governments more or less subject to the will of their people.

For instance, German citizens are sick and tired of bailing out eurozone disasters like Greece, and have collectively said "Das geht nicht" to further rescue proposals. A United States of Europe financial "minister" (or dictator) would make their cries irrelevant and unilaterally facilitate the theft of their tax dollars to realize the plans of the elite.

It is nothing short of a resuscitation of the old feudal system that ruled Europe a thousand years ago. Now, instead of the king owning all the land (and natural resources and labor of the serfs), it is owned by the bankers and their transnational corporations. And like the previous system, the new one will control the state and the economy and keep the mass of the population in poverty.

Evidence of the planned implosion abounds, most notably in the transfer of funds from European banks to the "too big to fail" banks located in the United States where the government has forced the people to underwrite any and all bankster loses.

"The move to exploit the debt crisis in order to completely eviscerate the economic sovereignty of every EU member by forming a central economic planning committee, a United States of Europe, to which all countries are beholden, is not merely an act of economic terrorism, it's a chilling throwback to identical proposals that were the brainchild of top Nazis," writes Watson.

BPA: Death by Plastic – Special Report - Sunday, September 04, 2011

TheAlexJonesChannel
September 4, 2011

Aaron Dykes hosts a segment on Bisphenol A, the dangerous estrogen compound in plastic drinking bottles and food containers. BPA is a known toxic substance outlawed in Canada and Europe, but still used in the United States, even though the FDA raised concerns regarding exposure of fetuses, infants and young children to the substance.

See the other parts from this Fri, Sept. 4 report below.
Black Genocide in Libya
Death by Plastic – Special Report
The Ron Paul Revolution 2012
Gun Running Scandal Threatens to Bring Down Obama

Black Caucus Incites Race War Against Tea Party Americans - Wednesday, August 31, 2011

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
August 31, 2011

In the video below, Congress critters Al Green, Frederica Wilson, Maxine Waters, Cedric Richmond and Andre Carson attack the Tea Party and accuse it of racism.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tG8x6X8xn3c&feature=player_embedded

'This is WAR' Congressional Black Causes' Travels American Cities Using Dangerous Violent Rhetoric: Declares 'War' on Racist Tea Party, Says Tea Party Wants To Lynch Blacks, Calls for Bank Runs, Civil Unrest in Their Neighborhoods and Homes.

Playing the race card against the Tea Party is the only ammo Democrats have to fight against the growing movement toward a restoration of our constitutional republic.

But it is isn’t simply Democrats who fear the Tea Party. Republicans hate it too, as the daughter of John McCain revealed last year.

Neocons hate the Tea Party too. That’s why they are hyping the faux Tea Party candidate Rick Perry and have said nice things about Sarah Palin, who urged Obama to attack Iran. Perry is a Bilderberg elitist and Palin an outright neocon. The other supposed Tea Party candidate, Michele Bachman, who lavished praise on George W. Bush, is so desperate to win the election she is now promising to wave a magical wand and reduce gas prices.

Establishment Republicans – who are looters of wealth the same as their supposed ideological foes the Democrats – went out of their way to sabotage the Tea Party and turn it into a cheering section for the One Party state.

Hustlers of color are working overtime to rile up constituents who view the government as a magical ATM. They are inciting violence when they say Tea Party racists want to hang black people from trees and then instruct them to confront members at their homes. If they can’t keep their racket going, they will incite a riot.

The Black Caucus is afraid Tea Party Americans will finally reduce the size of the federal government and end the wealth redistribution scam that has gone largely unchallenged for more than sixty years.

It will take more than a few agents provocateurs at Tea Party rallies with racist signs to convince most Americans that those of us who want a return to the Constitution are members of the Ku Klux Klan (an organization taken over by the FBI under COINTELPRO).

Most people know the Black Caucus is pimping racism and using imagery from an Antebellum South that no longer exists to stir up emotions and keep the grand theft larceny going.

In the video we are told the Tea Party stands against poor people. In fact, the Democrat Black Caucus stands against poor people and black Americans. It is a front for the global elite who are equal opportunity creative destructionists determined to turn America into a third world backwater.

Advancing U.S.-Canada Economic, Energy and Security Integration - Tuesday, August 30, 2011

Dana Gabriel
Infowars.com
August 30, 2011

Much has been made about the secretive nature and lack of transparency surrounding efforts by the U.S. and Canada to create a North American security perimeter. With several high-level meetings in the last month, not to mention all the behind the scenes negotiations, it is expected that an action plan will be unveiled at some point in September. From a U.S. perspective, it is security which is driving the agenda, while on the Canadian side, facilitating trade and easing the flow of goods across the border is the focal point. Any deal reached will build off of past initiatives and be used to advance economic, energy and security integration between the two countries.

Image by Darcy St. Amant and NAUresistance

During a bilateral meeting in early August, U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton and Canadian Foreign Affairs Minister John Baird discussed issues pertaining to the Middle East and the Western Hemisphere. Also high on the agenda was U.S.- Canada relations. This included the declaration, Beyond the Border: Shared Vision for Perimeter Security and Economic Competitiveness issued by U.S. President Barack Obama and Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper back in February of this year. At a news conference following her meeting with Minister Baird, Secretary Clinton stressed that, “it’s critical that we ensure our border remains a safe, vibrant connector of people, trade, and energy. And today, the minister and I discussed other ways to expand trade and investment; for example, by reducing unnecessary regulations.” It is interesting that Clinton brought up energy as this is also an intrical part of North American integration which is being further advanced through the U.S.-Canada Clean Energy Dialogue, as well as other initiatives.

Another issue that came up during Clinton and Baird’s meeting was the proposed Keystone XL pipeline. If approved, it would carry oil sands crude from the province of Alberta and pass through the U.S. states of Montana, South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas to delivery points in Oklahoma and Texas, at the Gulf of Mexico. While addressing a question at a joint news conference about delays on coming to a decision on the pipeline, Secretary Clinton said, “We are leaving no stone unturned in this process and we expect to make a decision on the permit before the end of this year.” Several months back, the Environmental Protection Agency expressed concerns about environmental impacts associated with the project, as well as the level of analysis and information being provided. With the State Department’s recent release of its Final Environmental Impact Statement, the Keystone XL pipeline has moved one step closer to a final decision. The review period will now go, “beyond environmental impact, taking into account economic, energy security, (and) foreign policy.” While there continues to be vocal opposition to the project, it is being touted as important for future U.S. energy security.

In May of this year, the House Energy and Commerce Subcommittee on Energy and Power held a series of hearings which among other things, examined legislation concerning the North American-Made Energy Security Act. The bill called on, “the President to expedite the consideration and approval of the construction and operation of the Keystone XL oil pipeline.” With regards to oil consumption, it acknowledged that, “While a significant portion of imports are derived from allies such as Canada and Mexico, the United States remains vulnerable to substantial supply disruptions created by geopolitical tumult in major producing nations.” It goes on to say. “The development and delivery of oil and gas from Canada to the United States is in the national interest of the United States.” The bill also stated, “Continued development of North American energy resources, including Canadian oil, increases domestic refiners’ access to stable and reliable sources of crude and improves certainty of fuel supply for the Department of Defense.” In other words, more Canadian oil is needed to fuel the U.S. war machine. This all ties in with the perimeter security deal and further removing trade barriers. It is part of U.S. efforts to secure more access and control of Canadian resources.

The Regulatory Cooperation Council (RCC) was created at the same time as President Obama and Prime Minister Harper signed the Beyond the Border declaration. The RCC aims to further advance regulatory harmonization in a wide range of areas. While the border security and regulatory cooperation discussions are separate, they do go hand in hand. In June, the RCC held its first meeting which centered around the development of a joint action plan and the creation of working groups in key sectors. The Terms of Reference for the RCC establishes the mandate and principles by which it will carry forth. When an action plan is completed it, “will outline activities for a period of up to two years. At the end of the two-year period, Canada and the United States will review the work of the RCC and consider the adoption of a new Action Plan.” While this is a bilateral initiative, “The United States and Canada will seek, to the extent possible, to coordinate the RCC’s activities with the work of the U.S.-Mexico High-Level Regulatory Cooperation Council when the three governments identify regulatory issues of common interest in North America.” At some point, these dual-bilateral councils could come together to form a single continental regulatory body.

On August 15, 2011, U.S. Secretary of Homeland Security Janet Napolitano met with Canada’s Public Safety Minister Vic Toews, “to discuss the ongoing partnership between the United States and Canada to work collaboratively on our shared vision for perimeter security and strengthen information sharing to better combat cross-border crime, while expediting legitimate trade and travel.” The bilateral meeting was an opportunity to review progress being made on an action plan that is being developed by the Beyond the Border Working Group. The Toronto Star reported that Napolitano and Toews also discussed increasing joint border operations such as the Shiprider program which allows law enforcement officials from both countries to operate together. Secretary Napolitano explained. “We’re looking at expanding that kind of basic concept to other areas where we can do more by way of joint law enforcement operation, intelligence gathering and … joint policing.” This would also further build off of the Integrated Border Enforcement Team Program, a bi-national initiative which is comprised of both Canadian and American law enforcement agencies. Eventually, you could see the creation of a joint U.S.-Canada organization managing the border.

Following his meeting with Secretary Napolitano, Minister Towes also announced that Prime Minister Harper and U.S. President Obama will meet in early fall where they will be updated and provide further directions on plans for a North American security perimeter. There are fears that any deal reached could be lopsided with Canada giving up more than it gains. Over the last number of years, Canada has already enacted many U.S. security measures. As part of a continental security perimeter arrangement, Canada could be forced to comply with any new U.S. requirements, regardless of the risks they may pose to privacy and civil liberties.

Bilderberg flunkies and puppets - Monday, August 29, 2011

Rick Perry refuses to answer the Bilderberg question (or any questions)

We Are Change Minnesota
August 29, 2011

Texas Governor and 2012 candidate refuses to answer the Bilderberg question (or any questions at all).

(WAC MN) We informed the masses and the media as well as other candidates. This is the welcome we received from Rick Perry about Bilderberg… Great Editing by Big C. Adam, Clint and the rest of us from mnchange that could make it to IA for Ames.

We also stopped in Waterloo for Rick Perry and Rick Santorum. Of course, straw poll winner Michelle Bachman stopped by, too. Archive video shows Rick Perry openly confessed to attending the elite private annual meeting at Bilderberg.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0drl8oUzJ9Q&feature=player_embedded

Confrontation: Swiss Federal Councillor Doris Leuthard about Bilderberg Meeting 2011

We Are Change Switzerland | Activists confront Swiss Federal Councillor, and are immediately led away and held for questioning by undercover police.

We Are Change Switzerland
August 29, 2011

Activists of We Are Change Switzerland confront Swiss Federal Councillor Doris Leuthard about Bilderberg Conference 2011, and are immediately led away and temporarily held for questioning by undercover police.

USDA Signs MOU with Rockefeller’s Council of Foundations to Exploit Rural America - Sunday, August 21, 2011

Ted Gardner and Rady Ananda
Food Freedom
August 20, 2011

Rockefeller's Council on Foundations Agreement with USDA and White House Rural Council

On Friday, Agriculture Secretary Tom Vilsack announced that USDA has signed an agreement with the Council on Foundations “to provide new sources of capital, new job opportunities, workforce investment strategies,” and, last on the list but the heart of it: “identification of additional resources.”

The group will work with Obama’s newly created Rural Council, which Vilsack also chairs, to implement UN Agenda 21 – a 300-page, 40-chapter, “soft-law” policy that came out of the UN Conference on Environment and Development in Brazil in 1992.

Though couched in eco-friendly motives, Agenda 21 will “severely limit water, electricity, and transportation- even deny human access to our most treasured wilderness areas, it would monitor all lands and people. No one would be free from the watchful eye of the new global tracking and information system,” wrote Berit Kjos in 1998. (Patrick Wood believes that today’s smart grids are doing just that, and gives an excellent 40-minute speech here.)

Ironically, the Secretary made the announcement while hosting a White House Rural Forum at the Iowa State Fair, the same day news broke about how the USDA lied to farmers and ranchers about federal drought insurance. Vilsack has refused to pay up during the worse drought in US history.

The Council on Foundations formed in 1949 and was joined by the Rockefellers in 1958. It has since morphed into a think tank drawing from the government and private sector. It is funded mainly by corporations and foundations (including Ford, Lilly, and General Mills) to provide “a wide variety of services primarily for endowed, grantmaking organizations throughout the United States and in foreign countries.”

The Memorandum of Understanding will give corporations – whether dressed up as foundations or just openly themselves as profit-driven businesses – full and unhindered access to all resources in rural America, where oil, gas, uranium, coal, water and other resources are buried under people’s private property or under public lands.

In the name of “sustainable” practices, helping rural America, and creating jobs (another broken Obama promise), Obama enlisted 25 federal agencies for his Rural Council, including the Departments of Defense and Homeland Security.

With this new MOU, the USDA has now openly invited corporations in the name of “philanthropy” to join the Rural Council’s efforts.

Government agencies and now corporate America are openly working together to assert complete control over all of rural America, removing state sovereignty which is central to the Constitution, written in by the framers to protect the nation from tyranny.

Vilsack’s press release promises things that superficially sound positive. But if one looks closely, one can easily read the MOU as a corporate gift. Simply remove the gloss about rural America.

With gloss:

Foster greater economic opportunities and partner in creation of new sources of rural opportunities to improve the quality of life for rural Americans
Identify resources that can be used to produce new economic opportunities
Promote new partnerships in workforce investment strategies and
Develop innovative, effective and sustainable methods of collaborating to benefit rural communities.

Without gloss:

Foster greater economic opportunities and partner in creation of new sources of opportunities to improve corporate interests
Identify resources that can be exploited for corporate interests
Promote new partnerships in investment strategies for corporate interests
Develop innovative, effective methods of collaborating to benefit corporate interests.

Neither Obama’s Rural Council nor the Council on Foundations include farmers and ranchers. This is a corporate-federal assault on the country. Combined, they are moving to achieve the long-planned Agenda 21, which the Rockefellers designed, as a means of getting people off the land so that corporate interests can have direct access to resources to use as they wish.

The New World Order Terrorists and the Plans they use to harm Familys

Terrorism Is Part of the Plan To Establish the New World Order. Americans, Canadians alike, are Being told and Convinced by elected political p[otato heads in office, To Give Up Their Freedoms In Exchange For Peace And Government Safety. Which is nothing but a sham, the war on terrorism is nothing but a war on freedom.

Consider the facts of world changes which seem to put us at this final stage.

1. The One World Government is, indeed, coming together quickly, before our very eyes. The One-World Government has taken huge steps to create the planned 10-Nation reorganization of the world, in very obvious fulfillment of prophecies in Daniel and Revelation of the 10 horns and 10 toes. When Western Europe became one nation economically on December 31, 1992, Nation #2 of this plan was created. When the North American Free Trade Zone Agreement is ratified by the respective congresses of America, Canada, and Mexico, Nation #1 was created. Nation #5 is planned to be comprised of "Eastern Europe, including Russia". As we have pointed out in past programs, this peculiar grouping is now possible only since the planned disintegration of the U.S.S.R. Most of the other planned regionalization's in this One-World Government are either already in place or can be created by a simple vote of the United Nation's Security Council.

2. The One-World Economy is daily becoming closer to complete fulfillment. Huge daily transfers of money from the United States to Japan to Europe to the Orient occur electronically. This daily exchange has become effortless. Advancements in computer technology have now made it possible for daily commercial transactions to be accomplished without cash via computer in such a way that meticulously records every transaction as to amount, time, and day. And huge computer systems are now in place in both Europe and America which can record every commercial transaction in the Industrialized world. In fact, these systems are redundant. In other words, either computer system is capable of so recording each transaction. Further, computer technology has now made it possible for a miniature computer chip to be surgically implanted within the skin that would permanently mark every one, and would be able to record the commercial transactions of each individual in the world. This technology has been developed and perfected by the Veterinarian Industry, but can be immediately transferred to human applications.

3. The One-World Religion comes closer to realization every day, as the drive toward Ecumenism gains ever greater momentum. We may be close to the point where a charismatic leader could simply declare all world's religions to be one, that all small differences of doctrine still dividing them were to be simply set aside.

Global Elite's Terrorism Plan on the World

Ron Paul: ‘They Call Me Extreme – They’re The Extremists!’ - Tuesday, August 16, 2011

Congressman tells CNN how the establishment is running scared

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Tuesday, August 16, 2011

During an interview with CNN last night, presidential frontrunner Ron Paul explained how the establishment is finding it more and more difficult to portray his ideas as “extreme,” pointing out how his viewpoints are becoming part of mainstream thinking as the real “extremists” in charge continue to follow the same course even as America’s economy crumbles.

Asked why the media obsessed about Michele Bachmann while ignoring Ron Paul completely despite the fact that Paul almost beat her in the Ames straw poll, the Congressman said that the establishment was running scared.

“They’re afraid of me, they don’t want my views out there, they’re too dangerous, we want freedom and we’re challenging the status quo, we want to end the war, we want a gold standard, and their view is that people just can’t handle all this freedom, they want dependency, they want socialism and welfarism, so I think they don’t like to hear our views, but I think we’ll make the best of it and we’ll do very well,” he said.

Paul responded to host Piers Morgan’s assertion that Democrats were hyping Paul’s campaign as a means of dividing Republicans in order to pave the way for an Obama victory by pointing out that polls show he would have the best chance out of all the candidates of defeating Obama in a head to head race.

“I would slash into Obama’s civil libertarian viewpoints, he doesn’t really follow through on belief in personal liberties and he does not support ending the wars, he expanded the wars….so I think the establishment doesn’t want the status quo challenged and would be very opposed to me,” said Paul, adding that the leadership of both parties are in full support of continuing the wars and the Federal Reserve.

A May CNN poll found that Paul trailed Obama by seven points in a hypothetical run-off, with other so-called Republican “frontrunners” further behind. Given the fact that the media would be forced to give Paul some kind of a platform if he won the nomination instead of their current tactic of completely ignoring him, a seven point gap is nothing given that Obama’s approval ratings are slipping every week.

Morgan then attempted to imply that Paul was an extremist because he refused to subvert his principles on issues such as foreign aid, drug legalization, tax increases and abortion in order to make himself “more electable”.

“Why should someone soften their viewpoint on defending the rule of law and defending the constitution, it would be foolish,” responded Paul.

“The extremists are in charge, they’ve been in charge for the last 40 years since they’ve been allowed to print money at will….this year our entitlements in debt has obligated our people to $5 trillion dollars, and they think I’m extreme? I mean this is weird,” exclaimed the Congressman, explaining that his views were now becoming mainstream as America’s economy crumbles even as those in charge continue to repeat the same steps that caused the collapse in the first place.

Watch this hilarious Daily Show piece below in which host Jon Stewart rips into the establishment media for ignoring Ron Paul.

Governments, Bankers, Protesters - Thursday, May 26, 2011

Consolidating US Money Power: The Four Horsemen of Global Banking

If you want to know where the true power center of the world lies, follow the money – cui bono. According to Global Finance magazine, as of 2010 the world’s five biggest banks are all based in Rothschild fiefdoms UK and France.

The Fed Does It Again: $80 Billion Secretive “Bank Subsidy” Program Uncovered, Providing Bank Loans At 0.01% Interest

Bloomberg’s Bob Ivry breaks news that between March and December 2008 the Fed operated a previously undisclosed lending program, whose terms were nothing short of a subsidy to banks.

WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange: We target government conspiracies, not governments

In a behind the scenes interview tape between WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange and PBS Frontline’s Martin Smith, Assange claims that WikiLeaks’ mission is not to destroy the U.S. government, but to expose government cover-ups.

FBI investing in invasiveness of activists

According to the FBI, people scrawling with sidewalk chalk and even those attending documentary screenings of controversial films can pose a threat to Homeland Security.

Report: Over Two Thousand Six Hundred Activists Arrested in US Protests

Since President Obama was inaugurated, there have been over two thousand six hundred arrests of activists protesting in the US. Research shows over 670 people have been arrested in protests inside the US already in 2011, over 1290 were arrested in 2010, and 665 arrested in 2009.

Privacy Group Sues Big Sis Over Secretive Mobile Body Scanners

Previously released Federal documents show that the Department of Homeland Security is actively moving to install radiation firing naked body scanners in all manner of public places, beyond the nation’s airports. However, the agency is refusing to release further details on the program.

Oregon Senator Reveals Secret Government Surveillance Grid - Thursday, May 26, 2011

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
May 26, 2011

In an interview with Wired, Sen. Ron Wyden, an Oregon Democrat, adds yet more confirmation to what many of us have known for years – the government has built a secret surveillance structure far more portentous and dangerous than anything devised by the PATRIOT Act now up for renewal.

Wyden points to the so-called “business-records provision” of the PATRIOT Act which empowers the FBI to force businesses, medical offices, banks and other organizations to turn over any “tangible things” it deems relevant to a so-called security investigation.

“It is fair to say that the business-records provision is a part of the Patriot Act that I am extremely interested in reforming,” Wyden told Wired. “I know a fair amount about how it’s interpreted, and I am going to keep pushing, as I have, to get more information about how the Patriot Act is being interpreted declassified. I think the public has a right to public debate about it.”

“Surveillance under the business-records provisions has recently spiked,” writes Spencer Ackerman. “The Justice Department’s official disclosure on its use of the Patriot Act, delivered to Congress in April, reported that the government asked the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court for approval to collect business records 96 times in 2010 — up from just 21 requests the year before. The court didn’t reject a single request. But it ‘modified’ those requests 43 times, indicating to some Patriot-watchers that a broadening of the provision is underway.”

During the Bush years, it was revealed that the NSA had engaged in a massive dragnet of electronic communications without court order in direct violation of the Fourth Amendment. In 2006, Bush waved off criticism of NSA snooping and said the program was “necessary to win this war and to protect the American people” against terrorism.

In 2006, the NSA argued that it is above the law and the Constitution and said a courtroom challenge to its surveillance program would expose sensitive state secrets and demanded it be thrown out.

In a filing with the Detroit court, Justice Department lawyers pointed to history in defending the NSA surveillance program, noting President Woodrow Wilson’s authorization for government agencies to intercept telephone, telegraph and cable communications during World War I and President Franklin D., Roosevelt approving the interception of “all telecommunications traffic” after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, Gail Gibson wrote for the Baltimore Sun.

The NSA was created by secret presidential directive in 1952. It soon grew into a vast intelligence-gathering machine – and super-state structure – which intruded into the private lives and communications of all Americans.

The NSA program Operation Shamrock intercepted millions of telegrams to and from the United States. The NSA placed the names of law-abiding American citizens on watch lists and then disseminated their private communications to other government agencies such as the FBI and CIA, explains the Brennan Center for Justice at NYU School of Law.

As revealed by the Church Committee in the mid-1970s, the FBI and CIA repeatedly violated the rights of Americans engaged in constitutionally protected political activity.

During the NSA controversy in 2006, William M. Arkin, writing for the Washington Post, noted that government organizations have developed hundreds of software programs and analytic tools to “harvest” intelligence, and they’ve created dozens of gigantic databases containing the names of countless Americans.

“These cutting edge tools — some highly classified because of their functions and capabilities — continually process hundreds of billions of what are called ‘structured’ data records, including telephone call records and e-mail headers contained in information ‘feeds’ that have been established to flow into the intelligence agencies,” Arkin wrote. “The multi-billion dollar program, which began before 9/11 but has been accelerated since then.”

Wyden and his colleague Sen. Mark Udall have offered an amendment on Tuesday to the PATRIOT Act reauthorization.

The amendment takes the Obama administration to task for “secretly reinterpret[ing] public laws and statutes.” It would oblige the Attorney General to “publicly disclose the United States Government’s official interpretation of the USA Patriot Act.”

The bill mentions “intelligence-collection authorities” embedded in the PATRIOT Act that the Obama administration briefed the Senate about in February.

Stock up with Fresh Food that lasts with eFoodsDirect (Ad)

Sen. Ron Wyden neglected to provide more detail on the government’s massive surveillance program because it is highly classified. His measured comments, however, are a haunting reminder that the government has erected a huge and largely secret high-tech surveillance and control grid.

It was not designed to ferret out al-Qaeda bad guys who hate us for our freedoms. It was engineered and constructed at tax-payer expense to monitor the political activity of the American people in much the same way the Stasi was created by a communist state to monitor the political activities of the people in East Germany during the so-called Cold War.

Wars that never end to protests - Friday, May 20, 2011

Congress to authorize perpetual war with no enemies and no end - J. D. Heyes | The U.S. — by presidential edict — could send troops virtually anywhere and everywhere there is a perceived terrorist threat.

New Details On Al Qaeda Pentagon Lunch: Defense Dept. Was “Impressed” With Terrorist’s Presentation
New details have emerged in the case of the Al Qaeda front man who was invited to a Pentagon lunch just months after the 9/11 attacks.

EFF Demands Answers About Secret Surveillance Law Memo
The Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) has filed a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) suit against the Department of Justice (DOJ), demanding the release of a secret legal memo used to justify FBI access to Americans’ telephone records without any legal process or oversight.

You Need To Be Watching What’s Developing In Spain Right Now
Protests have been raging in Spain since Sunday, May 15. The one we’ve been seeing pictures of is in Madrid, in the famous Puerta del Sol. But there were protests in 60 different locations on Sunday, and they’re still raging in different parts of the country.

Obama the master of bull! - Thursday, May 19, 2011

Private Global Bankers = The Priesthood of Modern Western Civilization
The Excavator | “The issue which will have to be fought sooner or later is the People vs. the Banks.”

Obama’s Billions To Woo New Middle East Order
Barack Obama is to offer Egypt and Tunisa aid packages worth billions of dollars as he tries to remodel America’s relations with the Arab world.

Tariq Ali: Whenever West intervenes, it’s a disaster
In the past few hours, the U.S. confirmed it’s imposing sanctions on Syria’s president for human rights abuses, following the violent crackdowns on anti-government protesters. The measures are the first to target President Assad personally.

“Bin Laden’s” Last Audio Tape Praises Globalist-Engineered Faux Revolutions
Al Qaeda has released a posthumous audio tape of Osama bin Laden praising revolutions sweeping the Arab world and urging Muslims to rise up.

Inside Obama’s “Orwellian World” Where Whistleblowing Has Become Espionage: The Case of Thomas Drake National Security Agency whistleblower Thomas Drake faces 35 years in prison on espionage charges for allegedly leaking information to the press about the NSA’s overspending and failure to properly maintain its large trove of domestic spy data.

“Mr Transparency” Obama Refuses New Kent State Investigation The Obama administration has blocked fresh attempts to bring important new evidence to light in the case of the National Guard Kent State shootings, a harrowing national tragedy that killed four protesting students on May 4th 1970.

Robert Gates, Mike Mullen To Bin Laden Raid Leakers: Stop Talking Gossip and unauthorized leaks from U.S. officials, politicians and retired military officers about the highly classified raid to kill Osama bin Laden have jeopardized the ability of special forces to carry out similar operations in the future, said Defense Secretary Robert Gates.

Globalists’ Secret Weapon Exposed: Tech Kill Chips - Tuesday, May 17, 2011

In addition to Obama’s stranglehold on the Internet, all smart devices have federally-mandated control and kill switches added.

May 16, 2011

As the world is distracted by the royal nuptials and Obama’s ever changing soap opera surrounding CIA asset Osama bin Laden’s death, the technocrats are rolling out the next phase of their global control grid. The foundations of this plan were laid out in the Telecommunications Act of 1996 and have been updated each subsequent year.

In addition to Obama’s stranglehold on the Internet, all smart devices have federally-mandated control and kill switches added. This will give the government total control over incoming information to all smart phones regardless of manufacturer. These policies dovetail with the roll out of Smart Meters and the new Google controlled smart homes which will send messages over the power-lines to your appliances to control power consumption or simply cut the power. In addition, new “green” lighting systems are being installed in government buildings which send and receive data through controlled pulses of light. And now the Pentagon wants the authority to run it all. Wake up and start informing your fellow man.

http://www.infowars.com/google-wants-to-control-your-home/

http://www.prisonplanet.com/fema-to-confiscate-food-from-local-farms-in-emerg…

http://www.infowars.com/cyberwarfare-rules-included-in-defense-bill/

http://articles.nydailynews.com/2011-05-09/local/29544253_1_cell-phone-quantu…

http://www.infowars.com/obama-administration-fights-to-allow-warrantless-gps-…

http://www.infowars.com/in-texas-schools-a-pictures-worth-1000-calories/

http://www.infowars.com/obama-launches-total-takeover-of-media/

http://www.infowars.com/what-else-will-the-governments-special-chip-in-your-c…

http://www.prisonplanet.com/are-you-scared-yet-big-sis-to-beam-terror-warning…

http://www.infowars.com/obama-launches-total-takeover-of-media/

Spokane Photographers Considered Suspicious al-Qaeda Types - Tuesday, May 17, 2011

Kurt Nimmo | Photography considered suspicious and possibly criminal, the same as theft and physical intrusion.In the Soviet Union and communist countries, photography in public was considered suspect. It is now the same in the New Soviet Union, the United States of America, formerly the land of the free and the home of the brave, now land of the surveilled and home of the cowed.

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
May 17, 2011

In the Soviet Union and communist countries, photography in public was considered suspect. It is now the same in the New Soviet Union, the United States of America, formerly the land of the free and the home of the brave, now land of the surveilled and home of the cowed.

As the web form below demonstrates, photography is now considered suspicious and possibly criminal, the same as theft and physical intrusion.

The Spokane County Sheriff’s Office may actually believe a certain number of photographers are working for al-Qaeda – or the Sovereign Citizens movement – but the actual reason for listing such normally innocuous behavior as suspect is to get subjects of the state to realize they are living in a dictatorship… minus all the Stalinesque statues.

The entire Stasi rat-out-your-neighbor form can be viewed here.

for justice

Globalists, Governments and the lies they push

FEMA Corps To Be Brownshirts For Homeland Security Emergency Response? Homeland Security has announced the creation of a new FEMA corps to tap volunteers for disaster/emergency responses.

Americans Embrace “Smart” Gadgets Used to Spy on Them CIA director David Petraeus has said that the rise of new “smart” gadgets means that Americans are effectively bugging their own homes.

Bodily functions are now potential indicators of terrorism.

UN Environmental Constitution Aims to Establish Repressive Global Governance

Being Anti-War Is Labeled Terrorism

Is Everyone Who Criticizes the Government a Terrorist?

Alex went through the same checkpoint a few weeks before, with a near standoff to stand-up for his and his family’s rights to be free in their persons and possessions.

Exposing Internal Checkpoints: Nightly News Report

Nobel Peace Prize-President quietly opens 8th US battlefront Tony Cartalucci | President Obama has now quietly, without much fanfare, sent 100 US troops to help Ugandan President Yoweri Museveni crush rebels threatening his 25 year dictatorship.

Globalist Warlord Obama Moves to Expand Africom ReachSends letter to Congress announcing he is dispatching troops to Uganda.

Occupy Iran Fast & Furious (Extended) with Pepe Escobar Infowars Nightly News | Journalist Pepe Escobar talks about the bogus Iranian terror plot and the Obama administration’s move toward war.

The New World Order Terrorists and the Plans they use to harm Familys

Global Elite's Terrorism Plan on the World

Congress to authorize perpetual war with no enemies and no end - J. D. Heyes | The U.S. — by presidential edict — could send troops virtually anywhere and everywhere there is a perceived terrorist threat.

New Details On Al Qaeda Pentagon Lunch: Defense Dept. Was “Impressed” With Terrorist’s Presentation New details have emerged in the case of the Al Qaeda front man who was invited to a Pentagon lunch just months after the 9/11 attacks.

Obama’s Billions To Woo New Middle East Order Barack Obama is to offer Egypt and Tunisa aid packages worth billions of dollars as he tries to remodel America’s relations with the Arab world.

Tariq Ali: Whenever West intervenes, it’s a disaster In the past few hours, the U.S. confirmed it’s imposing sanctions on Syria’s president for human rights abuses, following the violent crackdowns on anti-government protesters. The measures are the first to target President Assad personally.

“Bin Laden’s” Last Audio Tape Praises Globalist-Engineered Faux Revolutions Al Qaeda has released a posthumous audio tape of Osama bin Laden praising revolutions sweeping the Arab world and urging Muslims to rise up.

“Mr Transparency” Obama Refuses New Kent State Investigation The Obama administration has blocked fresh attempts to bring important new evidence to light in the case of the National Guard Kent State shootings, a harrowing national tragedy that killed four protesting students on May 4th 1970.

Americans Embrace “Smart” Gadgets Used to Spy on Them
CIA director David Petraeus has said that the rise of new “smart” gadgets means that Americans are effectively bugging their own homes.

Globalist Warlord Obama Moves to Expand Africom Reach
Sends letter to Congress announcing he is dispatching troops to Uganda.

Occupy Iran Fast & Furious (Extended) with Pepe Escobar
Infowars Nightly News | Journalist Pepe Escobar talks about the bogus Iranian terror plot and the Obama administration’s move toward war.

New Details On Al Qaeda Pentagon Lunch: Defense Dept. Was “Impressed” With Terrorist’s Presentation
New details have emerged in the case of the Al Qaeda front man who was invited to a Pentagon lunch just months after the 9/11 attacks.

Obama’s Billions To Woo New Middle East Order
Barack Obama is to offer Egypt and Tunisa aid packages worth billions of dollars as he tries to remodel America’s relations with the Arab world.

Tariq Ali: Whenever West intervenes, it’s a disaster
In the past few hours, the U.S. confirmed it’s imposing sanctions on Syria’s president for human rights abuses, following the violent crackdowns on anti-government protesters. The measures are the first to target President Assad personally.

“Bin Laden’s” Last Audio Tape Praises Globalist-Engineered Faux Revolutions
Al Qaeda has released a posthumous audio tape of Osama bin Laden praising revolutions sweeping the Arab world and urging Muslims to rise up.